Inspection-Aws-B4.0-2007

ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ß² ß³»®·½¿² Ò¿¬·±²¿´ Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Ó»¬¸±¼º±® Ó»½¸¿²·½¿´ Ì»-¬·²¹ ±º É»´¼- óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ß² ß³»®·½¿² Ò¿¬·±²¿´ Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ ß°°®±ª»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» ß³»®·½¿² Ò¿¬·±²¿´ Í¬¿²¼¿®¼- ×²-¬·¬«¬» Ó¿§ îô îððé Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Ó»¬¸±¼- º±® Ó»½¸¿²·½¿´ Ì»-¬·²¹ ±º É»´¼7th Edition Supersedes ANSI/AWS B4.0-98 Prepared by the American Welding Society (AWS) B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds Under the Direction of the AWS Technical Activities Committee Approved by the AWS Board of Directors ß¾-¬®¿½¬ Mechanical test methods that are applicable to welds and welded joints are described. For each testing method, information is provided concerning applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), and American Petroleum Institute (API) documents; the required testing apparatus, specimen preparation, procedure to be followed, and report requirements are also described. 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126 óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» International Standard Book Number: 978-0-87171-071-0 American Welding Society 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126 © 2007 by American Welding Society All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America Photocopy Rights. No portion of this standard may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, including mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner. Authorization to photocopy items for internal, personal, or educational classroom use only or the internal, personal, or educational classroom use only of specific clients is granted by the American Welding Society provided that the appropriate fee is paid to the Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, tel: (978) 750-8400; Internet: <www.copyright.com>. ii Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Í¬¿¬»³»²¬ ±² ¬¸» Ë-» ±º ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Í¬¿²¼¿®¼All standards (codes, specifications, recommended practices, methods, classifications, and guides) of the American Welding Society (AWS) are voluntary consensus standards that have been developed in accordance with the rules of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). When AWS American National Standards are either incorporated in, or made part of, documents that are included in federal or state laws and regulations, or the regulations of other governmental bodies, their provisions carry the full legal authority of the statute. In such cases, any changes in those AWS standards must be approved by the governmental body having statutory jurisdiction before they can become a part of those laws and regulations. In all cases, these standards carry the full legal authority of the contract or other document that invokes the AWS standards. Where this contractual relationship exists, changes in or deviations from requirements of an AWS standard must be by agreement between the contracting parties. AWS American National Standards are developed through a consensus standards development process that brings together volunteers representing varied viewpoints and interests to achieve consensus. While AWS administers the process and establishes rules to promote fairness in the development of consensus, it does not independently test, evaluate, or verify the accuracy of any information or the soundness of any judgments contained in its standards. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó AWS disclaims liability for any injury to persons or to property, or other damages of any nature whatsoever, whether special, indirect, consequential or compensatory, directly or indirectly resulting from the publication, use of, or reliance on this standard. AWS also makes no guaranty or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information published herein. In issuing and making this standard available, AWS is neither undertaking to render professional or other services for or on behalf of any person or entity, nor is AWS undertaking to perform any duty owed by any person or entity to someone else. Anyone using these documents should rely on his or her own independent judgment or, as appropriate, seek the advice of a competent professional in determining the exercise of reasonable care in any given circumstances. This standard may be superseded by the issuance of new editions. Users should ensure that they have the latest edition. Publication of this standard does not authorize infringement of any patent or trade name. Users of this standard accept any and all liabilities for infringement of any patent or trade name items. AWS disclaims liability for the infringement of any patent or product trade name resulting from the use of this standard. Finally, AWS does not monitor, police, or enforce compliance with this standard, nor does it have the power to do so. On occasion, text, tables, or figures are printed incorrectly, constituting errata. Such errata, when discovered, are posted on the AWS web page (www.aws.org). Official interpretations of any of the technical requirements of this standard may only be obtained by sending a request, in writing, to the appropriate technical committee. Such requests should be addressed to the American Welding Society, Attention: Managing Director, Technical Services Division, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126 (see Annex B). With regard to technical inquiries made concerning AWS standards, oral opinions on AWS standards may be rendered. These opinions are offered solely as a convenience to users of this standard, and they do not constitute professional advice. Such opinions represent only the personal opinions of the particular individuals giving them. These individuals do not speak on behalf of AWS, nor do these oral opinions constitute official or unofficial opinions or interpretations of AWS. In addition, oral opinions are informal and should not be used as a substitute for an official interpretation. This standard is subject to revision at any time by the AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds. It must be reviewed every five years, and if not revised, it must be either reaffirmed or withdrawn. Comments (recommendations, additions, or deletions) and any pertinent data that may be of use in improving this standard are required and should be addressed to AWS Headquarters. Such comments will receive careful consideration by the AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds and the author of the comments will be informed of the Committees response to the comments. Guests are invited to attend all meetings of the AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds to express their comments verbally. Procedures for appeal of an adverse decision concerning all such comments are provided in the Rules of Operation of the Technical Activities Committee. A copy of these Rules can be obtained from the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126. iii Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé iv Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó This page is intentionally blank. ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ü»¼·½¿¬·±² Henry Hahn The AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds dedicates this edition of AWS B4.0, Standard Methods for the Mechanical Testing of Welds, to the memory of Henry H. Hahn. Henry was an active and productive member and past Chair of the AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds, a past Chair of ISO/TC44/SC5, past Chair of ISAC-05, and a former member of the AWS Technical Activities Committee and AWS International Standards Activities Committee. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ v Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé This page is intentionally blank. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó vi Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ð»®-±²²»´ AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds R. J. Wong, Chair R. F. Waite, 1st Vice Chair T. McGaughy, 2nd Vice Chair B. C. McGrath, Secretary J. R. Crisci D. A. Fink *H. Hahn J. M. Morse J. H. Smith L. Van Leaven K. Zerkle Naval Surface Warfare Center Consultant Edison Welding Institute American Welding Society Consultant The Lincoln Electric Company Consultant The Lincoln Electric Company Consultant Electric Boat Hobart Institute Advisors to the AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds J. J. DeLoach, Jr. D. B. Holliday E. L. Lavy L. Li H. W. Mishler G. R. Pearson A. G. Portz W. W. St. Cyr, II Naval Surface Warfare Center Northrop Grumman Corporation Consultant Utah State University Consultant Anderson Laboratories Consultant NASA *Deceased vii Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé This page is intentionally blank. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó viii Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ú±®»©±®¼ This foreword is not part of AWS B4.0:2007, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds, but is included for informational purposes only. This standard covers the common tests for the mechanical testing of welds. They are defined and illustrated in sections related to tension tests, shear tests, bend tests, fracture toughness tests, hardness tests, break tests (nick and fillet welds), selected weldability tests and process specific tests (stud weld tests and resistance weld tests). This document extensively uses American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Methods and specifies how to use these methods when testing weldments. It takes into consideration the variations in properties that can occur between different regions (base metal, heat-affected zone, and weld metal) of a weldment. Methods of hardness testing and mechanical property tests for base metals are covered by ASTM standards or the individual material specification. The joint tests for brazements are covered in ANSI/AWS C3.2, Standard Methods for Evaluating the Strength of Brazed Joints in Shear. Additional information on the mechanical testing of welded joints may be obtained from the AWS Welding Handbook, Volume 1, which describes selected weldability test methods. AWS B4.0:2007, Standard Methods for the Mechanical Testing of Welds, is the seventh edition of the document initially published in 1942. The second edition (1974) incorporated metric conversions and the third edition (1977) incorporated minor changes. The fourth edition (1985) added the plane-strain fracture toughness test and the fifth edition (1992) added hardness testing and stud weld tests, and organized the tests by weld type. The sixth edition (1998) added six new weldability tests, and the current edition includes three new weldability tests (WIC, trough, and GBOP) and resistance weld tests. Previous editions of the document are as follows: AWS B4.0-74, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds AWS B4.0-77, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds AWS B4.0-85, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds AWS B4.0-92, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds AWS B4.0-98, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds Comments and suggestions for the improvement of this standard are welcome. They should be sent to the Secretary, AWS B4 Committee on Mechanical Testing of Welds, American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126. ix Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó AWS A4.0-42, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé This page is intentionally blank. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó x Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ì¿¾´» ±º Ý±²¬»²¬Ð¿¹» Ò±ò óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Dedication ....................................................................................................................................................................v Personnel....................................................................................................................................................................vii Foreword .....................................................................................................................................................................ix List of Figures........................................................................................................................................................... xiii 1. Scope.....................................................................................................................................................................1 2. Normative References .........................................................................................................................................1 3. Terms and Definitions.........................................................................................................................................1 4. Tension Tests .......................................................................................................................................................1 4.1 Scope ..........................................................................................................................................................1 4.2 Normative References ................................................................................................................................2 4.3 Definitions and Symbols ............................................................................................................................2 4.4 Summary of Method...................................................................................................................................2 4.5 Significance ................................................................................................................................................2 4.6 Apparatus....................................................................................................................................................2 4.7 Specimens...................................................................................................................................................2 4.8 Procedure....................................................................................................................................................3 4.9 Report .........................................................................................................................................................4 4.10 Commentary ...............................................................................................................................................4 5. Shear Tests .........................................................................................................................................................11 5.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................11 5.2 Normative References ..............................................................................................................................11 5.3 Summary of Method.................................................................................................................................11 5.4 Significance ..............................................................................................................................................11 5.5 Apparatus..................................................................................................................................................11 5.6 Specimens.................................................................................................................................................11 5.7 Procedure..................................................................................................................................................11 5.8 Report .......................................................................................................................................................12 5.9 Commentary .............................................................................................................................................12 6. Bend Tests ..........................................................................................................................................................15 6.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................15 6.2 Normative References ..............................................................................................................................15 6.3 Definitions and Symbols ..........................................................................................................................15 6.4 Summary of Method.................................................................................................................................15 6.5 Significance ..............................................................................................................................................15 6.6 Apparatus..................................................................................................................................................15 6.7 Specimens.................................................................................................................................................16 6.8 Procedure..................................................................................................................................................16 6.9 Report .......................................................................................................................................................17 6.10 Commentary .............................................................................................................................................17 7. Fracture Toughness Tests.................................................................................................................................28 7.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................28 xi Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ð¿¹» Ò±ò Normative References ..............................................................................................................................28 Summary of Method.................................................................................................................................28 Significance ..............................................................................................................................................28 Apparatus..................................................................................................................................................28 Specimens.................................................................................................................................................29 Procedure..................................................................................................................................................29 Report .......................................................................................................................................................29 8. Hardness Tests...................................................................................................................................................37 8.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................................................37 8.2 Normative References ..............................................................................................................................37 8.3 Summary of Method.................................................................................................................................37 8.4 Significance ..............................................................................................................................................37 8.5 Apparatus..................................................................................................................................................37 8.6 Specimens.................................................................................................................................................37 8.7 Procedure..................................................................................................................................................38 8.8 Report .......................................................................................................................................................38 9. Break Tests (Nick and Fillet Weld) .................................................................................................................39 9.1 Nick Break Test........................................................................................................................................39 9.2 Fillet Weld Break Test..............................................................................................................................48 10. Weldability Testing ...........................................................................................................................................52 10.1 Controlled Thermal Severity (CTS) Test .................................................................................................53 10.2 Cruciform Test..........................................................................................................................................60 10.3 Implant Test..............................................................................................................................................67 10.4 Lehigh Restraint Test ...............................................................................................................................72 10.5 Varestraint Test ........................................................................................................................................76 10.6 Oblique Y-Groove Test ............................................................................................................................82 10.7 Welding Institute of Canada (WIC) Test..................................................................................................88 10.8 Trough Test ..............................................................................................................................................92 10.9 Gapped Bead On Plate (GBOP) Test .......................................................................................................97 11. Process Specific Tests......................................................................................................................................100 11.1 Stud Weld Test .......................................................................................................................................100 11.2 Resistance Welding Test ........................................................................................................................103 Annex A (Informative)Bibliography....................................................................................................................131 Annex B (Informative)Guidelines for the Preparation of Technical Inquiries.....................................................133 List of AWS Documents on the Mechanical Testing of Welds ...............................................................................135 xii Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ô·-¬ ±º Ú·¹«®»Ú·¹«®» Ð¿¹» Ò±ò Tension Tests 4.1 Round Tensile Specimens............................................................................................................................5 4.2 Transverse Rectangular Tension Test Specimen (Plate) .............................................................................7 4.3 Longitudinal Tension Test Specimens (Plates) ...........................................................................................8 4.4 Reduced Rectangular Section Tension Specimens for Pipe ........................................................................9 4.5 Full Section Tension Specimen for Pipe ...................................................................................................10 Fillet Weld Shear Tests 5.1 Longitudinal Fillet Weld Shear Specimen.................................................................................................13 5.2 Transverse Fillet Weld Shear Specimen....................................................................................................14 5.3 Shear Strength Calculation ........................................................................................................................14 Bend Tests 6.1 Typical Bottom Ejecting Guided Bend Test Fixture .................................................................................18 6.2 Typical Bottom Guided Bend Test Fixture ...............................................................................................19 6.3 Typical Wraparound Guided Bend Test Fixture .......................................................................................20 6.4 Transverse Side Bend Specimens (Plate) ..................................................................................................21 6.5 Transverse Face Bend and Root Bend Specimen (Plate) ..........................................................................22 6.6 Transverse Face Bend and Root Bend Specimens (Pipe)..........................................................................23 6.7 Longitudinal Face Bend and Root Bend Specimen (Plate) .......................................................................24 6.8 Fillet Weld Root Bend Test Specimen ......................................................................................................25 6.9 Surfacing Weld Face Bend and Side Bend Specimen ...............................................................................26 6.10 Longitudinal Guided Fillet Weld Bend Test .............................................................................................27 Fracture Toughness Tests 7.1 Charpy V-Notch Impact Specimen............................................................................................................30 7.2 Dynamic Tear Test Specimen, Anvil Supports, and Striker......................................................................31 7.3 Compact Tension Fracture Toughness Specimen......................................................................................32 7.4 Standard Drop Weight Nil-Ductility Temperature Test Specimen ...........................................................33 7.5 Orientation of Weld Metal Fracture Toughness Specimens in a Double-Groove Weld Thick Section Weldment ...........................................................................................................................34 7.6 Crack Plane Orientation Code for Compact Tension Specimens from Welded Plate...............................34 7.7 Recommended Ratio of Weld Metal to Specimen Thickness for Weld-Metal Fracture Toughness Specimen (Compact Tension Specimen) ................................................................................35 7.8 Suggested Data Sheet for Drop Weight Test.............................................................................................36 Nick-Break Tests 9.1.1 Nick-Break Testing Fixture Made Out of 6 in (152 mm) Pipe..................................................................41 9.1.2 Nick-Break Test Using Vise......................................................................................................................42 9.1.3 Testing of Fillet Welded Specimens..........................................................................................................42 9.1.4 Nick-Break Test Specimen ........................................................................................................................43 9.1.5 Specimen for Flash Butt Welds .................................................................................................................44 9.1.6 Specimens for Nick-Break Test of Branch Joint Connections ..................................................................45 9.1.7 Pipe Sleeve Test Specimen........................................................................................................................46 9.1.8 Fillet Welded Plate Specimens ..................................................................................................................47 Fillet Weld Break Tests 9.2.1 Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Procedure Qualification.........................................................................49 óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ xiii Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ú·¹«®» 9.2.2 9.2.3 9.2.4 9.2.5 9.2.6 Ð¿¹» Ò±ò Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Primer Coated Materials........................................................................49 Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Galvanized Materials.............................................................................50 Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Welder Qualification .............................................................................50 Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Tack Welder Qualification ....................................................................51 Method of Testing Fillet Weld Break Specimen .......................................................................................51 Weldability Testing Controlled Thermal Severity (CTS) Test 10.1.1 Fixture Used to Position CTS Specimen for Welding...............................................................................55 10.1.2 CTS Test Specimen ...................................................................................................................................56 10.1.3 Cooling Bath Arrangement for CTS Test..................................................................................................57 10.1.4 Sectioning of CTS Specimen.....................................................................................................................58 10.1.5 Typical Location of Microhardness Impressions ......................................................................................58 10.1.6 Suggested Data Sheet for CTS Test...........................................................................................................59 Cruciform Test 10.2.1 Cruciform Test Assembly..........................................................................................................................62 10.2.2 Locations of Specimens for Examination of Cracks in Cruciform Test....................................................63 10.2.3 Schematic Illustration of the Attached Plate in the Slotted Cruciform Specimen.....................................63 10.2.4 Sectioning for the Longitudinal Notch ......................................................................................................64 10.2.5 Sectioning for the Transverse Notch .........................................................................................................64 10.2.6 Location of Metallographic Specimens for Examination of Cracks in the Slotted Cruciform Test..........65 10.2.7 Suggested Data Sheet for Cruciform Test .................................................................................................66 Implant Test 10.3.1 Implant Test Specimen and Fixture...........................................................................................................69 10.3.2 Typical Data for Implant Test Series.........................................................................................................70 10.3.3 Suggested Data Sheet for Implant Test .....................................................................................................71 Lehigh Restraint Test 10.4.1 Lehigh Restraint Weld-Metal Cracking Test Specimen............................................................................74 10.4.2 Suggested Data Sheet for Lehigh Test.......................................................................................................75 Varestraint Test 10.5.1 Varestraint Test Fixture and Specimen......................................................................................................79 10.5.2 Auxiliary Bending Plates...........................................................................................................................80 10.5.3 Typical Indications on Top Surface of Test Weld.....................................................................................80 10.5.4 Suggested Data Sheet for Varestraint Test ................................................................................................81 Oblique Y-Groove Test 10.6.1 Oblique Y-Groove Test Assembly ............................................................................................................84 10.6.2 Oblique Y-Groove Test Weld Configuration ............................................................................................85 10.6.3 Suggested Data Sheet for Oblique Y-Groove Test....................................................................................87 Welding Institute of Canada (WIC) Test 10.7.1 Schematic Illustration of the WIC Test Assembly ....................................................................................90 10.7.2 Illustration of the Straight Y Joint Design for the WIC Specimen............................................................90 10.7.3 Illustration of the Oblique Y Joint Design for the WIC Specimen............................................................90 10.7.4 Suggested Data Sheet for WIC Test ..........................................................................................................91 Trough Test 10.8.1 Trough Test Specimen...............................................................................................................................95 10.8.2 Location of Weld Starts, Stops, and Tension Test Specimens (Side View)..............................................95 10.8.3 Suggested Data Sheet for Trough Test ......................................................................................................96 Gapped Bead On Plate (GBOP) Test 10.9.1 Specimen Dimensions and Test Set-Up ....................................................................................................99 óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ xiv Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ú·¹«®» Ð¿¹» Ò±ò Stud Weld Tests 11.1.1 Equipment for Bend Tests for Welded Studs........................................................................................101 11.1.2 Equipment for Applying a Tensile Load to a Welded Stud Using Torque ...........................................102 óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Resistance Weld Tests 11.2.1 Peel Test Specimen ...............................................................................................................................110 11.2.2 Peel Test ................................................................................................................................................111 11.2.3 Measurement of a Weld Button Resulting from the Peel Test..............................................................111 11.2.4 Bend Test Specimen..............................................................................................................................112 11.2.5 Spot Weld Chisel Test...........................................................................................................................113 11.2.6 Specimen for Tension Shear Test and Tension Shear Impact Test.......................................................114 11.2.7 Twisting Angle at Fracture in Tension Shear Test .............................................................................115 11.2.8 Cross-Tension Test Specimens .............................................................................................................116 11.2.9 Fixture for Cross-Tension Test [for Thicknesses up to 0.19 in. (4.8 mm)] ..........................................117 11.2.10 Fixture for Cross-Tension Test [for Thicknesses 0.19 in. (4.8 mm) and Over]....................................118 11.2.11 Specimen for U Specimen Tension Test and U Specimen Shear Impact Test .....................................119 11.2.12 U-Tension Test Jig ................................................................................................................................120 11.2.13 Pull Test (90° Peel Test) .......................................................................................................................121 11.2.14 Test Specimen and Typical Equipment for Torsion-Shear Test ...........................................................122 11.2.15 Drop-Impact Test Specimen..................................................................................................................123 11.2.16 Drop-Impact Test Machine ...................................................................................................................124 11.2.17 Test Fixture for Shear-Impact Loading Test .........................................................................................124 11.2.18 Test Fixture for Tension-Impact Loading Test .....................................................................................125 11.2.19 Fatigue Testing Machine.......................................................................................................................126 11.2.20 Pillow Test for Seam Welds..................................................................................................................127 11.2.21 Suggested Data Sheet for Resistance Spot and Projection Welding .....................................................128 11.2.22 Suggested Data Sheet for Resistance Seam Welding............................................................................129 xv Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé This page is intentionally blank. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó xvi Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Ó»¬¸±¼- º±® Ó»½¸¿²·½¿´ Ì»-¬·²¹ ±º É»´¼1. Scope AWS A2.4, Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination; and This specification establishes standard methods for mechanical testing of welds. The significance of each test, test apparatus, preparation of the test specimens, and the test procedure are described. Example test results sheets are provided. AWS A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions Including Terms for Adhesive Bonding, Brazing, Soldering, Thermal Cutting, and Thermal Spraying. 3. Terms and Definitions It is beyond the scope of this document to define the required mechanical properties or acceptance criteria for the weld metal. The welding terms used in this standard are in accordance with AWS A3.0, Standard Welding Terms and Definitions, Including Terms for Adhesive Bonding, Brazing, Soldering, Thermal Cutting, and Thermal Spraying. This standard makes sole use of U.S. Customary Units. Approximate mathematical equivalents in the International System of Units (SI) are provided for comparison in parentheses or in appropriate columns in tables and figures. 4. Tension Tests 4.1 Scope. This clause covers the tension testing of welded joints. It does not specify required properties or acceptance criteria. When this standard is used as a portion of specification for a welded structure or assembly or for qualification, the following information shall be furnished: Safety and health issues and concerns are beyond the scope of this standard and therefore are not fully addressed herein. Safety and health information is available from other sources, including, but not limited to, ANSI Z49.1, Safety in Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes, and applicable federal, state, and local regulations. (1) The specific type(s) and number of specimens required, 2. Normative References (2) Base metal specification/identification, The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this AWS standard. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. (3) Filler material specification/identification, (4) The anticipated property values and whether they are maximum or minimum requirements, (5) Location and orientation of the specimens, (6) Report form when required, and AWS documents:1 (7) Postweld thermal or mechanical processing treatments, as applicable. AWS A1.1, Metric Practice Guide for the Welding Industry; This standard is applicable to the following, when specified: (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures where specified mechanical properties are required, 1 AWS standards are published by the American Welding Society, 550 N.W. LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126. 1 óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé (2) Information as a basis for acceptance and manufacturing quality control where mechanical properties are requested, and = ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter having a value to five decimal places of 3.14159 4.4 Summary of Method. Tension testing of welded joints is done by means of a calibrated testing machine and devices following the procedures described in 4.8. (3) Research and development. 4.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 4.5 Significance. Tension tests provide information on the load bearing capacities, joint design, and ductility of welded joints. 4.5.1 The data obtained from tension tests may include: ASME Documents:2 (1) Ultimate tensile strength, ASME B46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay (2) Yield strength, (3) Yield point if it occurs, ASTM Documents:3 (4) Percent elongation, ASTM E 4, Standard Practices for Force Verification of Testing Machines (5) Percent reduction of area, (6) Stress-strain diagram, and ASTM E 8, Standard Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials (7) Location and mode of fracture. ASTM B 557, Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing Wrought and Cast Aluminum and Magnesium Alloy Products 4.5.2 Tension tests provide quantitative data that can be compared and analyzed for use in the design and analysis of welded structures. Fracture surfaces may also provide information on the presence and effects of discontinuities such as incomplete fusion, incomplete joint penetration, porosity, inclusions, and cracking. 4.3 Definitions and Symbols. For the purposes of this test, the following definitions and symbols apply: A B C D Do Df E F G ID OD L P R T t W = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = length of reduced section length of end section dimension of grip section diameter original diameter final diameter length of shoulder and fillet diameter of shoulder gage length inner diameter outer diameter overall length load radius of fillet specimen thickness thickness of test weldment specimen width 4.6 Apparatus. The test shall be performed on a tensile testing machine in conformance with the requirements of ASTM E 8, Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials. The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM E 4, Standard Practices for Force Verification of Testing Machines. 4.7 Specimens 4.7.1 Test specimen type shall be specified by the applicable code, specification, or fabrication document. It is recommended that test specimens that provide the largest cross-sectional area be tested within the capabilities of available test equipment. 4.7.2 Unless otherwise stated, specimens shall be tensile tested in the as-received condition. 4.7.3 Round Tension Test Specimens. The specimen having the largest diameter of those shown in Figure 4.1, that can be machined from the material shall be tested. 2 ASME standards are published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017. 3 ASTM standards are published by the American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 4.7.3.1 Round All-Weld-Metal Specimen. The all-weld metal tension specimen is used for evaluation of the deposited weld metal ultimate tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction in area. When base metal dilution must be minimized for the specimen to be 2 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ 4.7.6 Preparation. Excessively deep machine cuts that will cause invalid test data or that leave tears in the surface of the finished dimensions shall be avoided. The surface finish on surfaces requiring machining shall be as specified in the specimen drawings. Imperfections present within the gage length due to welding shall not be removed. representative of weld metal, the groove faces may be buttered with the same filler materials to be used in the weld joint or alternatively the root opening may be increased by l/4 in (6 mm). The reduced section of the tension specimens between the gage marks shall be located so that no buttering is included. It is recommended that the surface of the reduced section of the specimen be at least l/8 in (3 mm) from the fusion line along the bevel faces (see Figure 4.1). 4.8 Procedure 4.8.1 The testing procedure for weld specimens shall be as specified in ASTM E 8/ASTM E 8M, Standard Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials. 4.7.3.2 Round Transverse Weld Specimen. The transverse weld specimen is used together with the base metal or all weld metal tension tests to evaluate joint efficiency. Only the ultimate tensile strength is normally determined for specimens taken transverse to the centerline of the weld. In the event of use of a set of round transverse tensile specimens at various locations in the thickness of the weld specimen, when no other governing specification indicates otherwise, the results of the set of round transverse tensile specimens shall be averaged to approximate the tensile properties of the full thickness joint. 4.8.2 Round Tension Specimens. Mechanical properties, namely ultimate tensile strength (UTS), yield strength at the specified offset, yield point if it occurs, elongation in a specified gage length, and reduction of area are determined for round all-weld-metal tension specimens. If a yield point is reported, it shall have been determined in accordance with ASTM E 8/ASTM E 8M. The minimum original dimension diameter shall be used for all calculations. For round transverse weld tension specimens, only ultimate tensile strength is determined, unless otherwise specified. 4.7.4 Rectangular Tension Test Specimen. The tension specimens for welded butt joints other than pipe or tubing shall be either transverse weld tension specimens or longitudinal weld tension specimens that comply with Figure 4.2 or 4.3. When thickness of the test weldment is beyond the capacity of the available test equipment, the weld shall be divided through its thickness into as many specimens as required to cover the full weld thickness and still maintain the specimen size within the test equipment capacity. Unless otherwise specified, the results of the partial thickness specimens shall be averaged to determine the properties of the full thickness joint. Only ultimate tensile strength is normally determined in specimens taken transverse to the centerline of the weld. The ultimate tensile strength is given by: P (Maximum) Maximum Load ----------------------------------------------------------------------- = ----------------------2 Original Cross-Sectional Area Do ----------4 where P(Maximum) = maximum load, and Do = original diameter. The yield strength at specified offset is given by: P (Specified Offset) Load at Specified Offset ------------------------------------------------------------------------ = --------------------------------2 Original Cross-Sectional Area Do ----------4 4.7.5 Tubular Tension Test Specimen. Two types of specimens are used in determining the tensile properties of welded tubular products. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó where P(Specified Offset) = load at specified offset, and Do = original diameter. 4.7.5.1 For pipe or tubing larger than 3 in (76 mm) nominal diameter, the reduced rectangular section specimen may be used. The reduced rectangular section specimen shall comply with Figure 4.4. The yield point is given by: 4.7.5.2 The full section specimen may be used to test weld joints in pipe or tubing 3 in (76 mm) or less nominal diameter and may be used for larger sizes subject to limitations of testing equipment. The full section specimen shall comply with Figure 4.5. P ø yp ÷ Maximum Load prior to Specific Offset ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = ---------------2 Original Cross-Sectional Area Do ----------4 where P(yp) = maximum load prior to specific offset, and Do = original diameter. 4.7.5.3 Only ultimate tensile strength is normally determined in specimens taken transverse to the centerline of the weld. 3 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé The percent elongation is given by: P (Maximum) Maximum Load -------------------------------------- = ---------------------------------------Original Area --- I ø OD 2 ID 2 ÷ 4 Final gage length Original gage length ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I 100 Original gage length where Gf = final gage length, and Go = original gage length. 4.9 Report. In addition to the requirements of applicable documents, the report shall include the following: The percent reduction of area is given by: 2 (1) Base metal specification, 2 (2) Filler metal specification, (Original Diameter) (Final Diameter) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- I 100 2 (Original Diameter) 2 (3) Welding procedure (process and parameters), (4) Specimen type, 2 Do Df - I 100 = -----------------2 Do (5) Joint geometry, (6) Location of fracture and type of failure (ductile or brittle), where Df = final diameter, and Do = original diameter. (7) Calculated ultimate tensile strength, and 4.8.3 Rectangular Tension Tests (Figures 4.2, 4.3, 4.4). The ultimate tensile strength calculation for rectangular tests is the following: (8) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimens or procedure. In addition, the report for round all-weld-metal specimens shall contain the following: The ultimate tensile strength is given by: (1) Yield strength at the specified offset, Maximum Load = P (Maximum) -----------------------------------------------------------Original Area WIT (2) Yield point if it occurs, where P(Maximum) = maximum load, W = original width, and T = original thickness. (3) Percent elongation in the specified gage length, and (4) Percent reduction of area. 4.10 Commentary. Descriptions of two tensile specimens are included in this document, one with a 4:1 ratio of gage length to diameter and one with a 5:1 ratio of gage length to diameter. Users are cautioned that calculated values of elongation for a given material will differ when tested using specimens with different ratios of gage length to specimen diameter. 4.8.4 Tubular Tension Tests. The ultimate tensile strength calculation for reduced section (Figure 4.4) is the same as shown in 4.8.3. The ultimate tensile strength calculation for full section (Figure 4.5) is as follows: The ultimate tensile strength is given by: 4 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó where P(Maximum) = maximum load, OD = original outside diameter, and ID = original inside diameter. Gf Go - I 100 = ----------------Go ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ Ü·³»²-·±²Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ Í°»½·³»² Í³¿´´ó-·¦» -°»½·³»²- °®±°±®¬·±²¿´ ¬± -¬¿²¼¿®¼ -°»½·³»² ·² ø³³÷ ðòëðð øïí÷ ·² ø³³÷ ðòíëð øç÷ ·² ø³³÷ ðòîëð øê÷ ·² ø³³÷ ðòïêð øì÷ ·² ø³³÷ ðòïïí øí÷ Ùò ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸ îòððð o ðòððë øëð o ðòïîé÷ ïòìðð o ðòððë øíë o ðòïîé÷ ïòððð o ðòððë øîë o ðòïîé÷ ðòêìð o ðòððë øïê o ðòïîé÷ ðòìëð o ðòððë øïî o ðòïîé÷ Üò ¼·¿³»¬»® ðòëðð o ðòðïð øïí o ðòîë÷ ðòíëð o ðòððé øç o ðòïè÷ ðòîëð o ðòððë øê o ðòïîé÷ ðòïêð o ðòððí øì o ðòðè÷ ðòïïí o ðòððî øí o ðòðë÷ íñè øïð÷ ïñì øê÷ íñïê øë÷ ëñíî øì÷ íñíî øîòì÷ îóïñì øêð÷ ïóíñì øìì÷ ïóïñì øíî÷ íñì øîð÷ ëñè øïë÷ Ò±³·²¿´ Ü·¿³»¬»® óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Îò ®¿¼·«- ±º º·´´»¬ô ³·²ò ßò ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±²ô ³·²ò Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² ³¿§ ¸¿ª» ¿ ¹®¿¼«¿´ ¬¿°»® º®±³ ¬¸» »²¼- ¬±©¿®¼ ¬¸» ½»²¬»® ©·¬¸ ¬¸» »²¼- ²±¬ ³±®» ¬¸¿² ïû ´¿®¹»® ·² ¼·¿³»¬»® ¬¸¿² ¬¸» ½»²¬»® ø½±²¬®±´´·²¹ ¼·³»²-·±²÷ò îò ×º ¼»-·®»¼ô ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² ³¿§ ¾» ·²½®»¿-»¼ ¬± ¿½½±³³±¼¿¬» ¿² »¨¬»²-±³»¬»® ±º ¿²§ ½±²ª»²·»²¬ ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸ò Î»º»®»²½» ³¿®µ- º±® ¬¸» ³»¿-«®»³»²¬ ±º »´±²¹¿¬·±² -¸±«´¼ ²»ª»®¬¸»´»-- ¾» -°¿½»¼ ¿¬ ¬¸» ·²¼·½¿¬»¼ ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸ò íò Ì¸» ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸ ¿²¼ º·´´»¬- -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿- -¸±©² ¾«¬ ¬¸» »²¼- ³¿§ ¾» ±º ¿²§ º±®³ ¬± º·¬ ¬¸» ¸±´¼»®- ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬·²¹ ³¿½¸·²» ·² -«½¸ ¿ ©¿§ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´±¿¼ -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿¨·¿´ò ×º ¬¸» »²¼- ¿®» ¬± ¾» ¸»´¼ ·² ©»¼¹» ¹®·°- ·¬ ·- ¼»-·®¿¾´» ¬± ³¿µ» ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ¹®·° -»½¬·±² ¹®»¿¬ »²±«¹¸ ¬± ¿´´±© ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¬± »¨¬»²¼ ·²¬± ¬¸» ¹®·°- ¿ ¼·-¬¿²½» »¯«¿´ ¬± îñí ±® ³±®» ±º ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ¹®·°-ò ìò Ì¸» «-» ±º -°»½·³»²- -³¿´´»® ¬¸¿² ðòîëð ·² øê ³³÷ ¼·¿³»¬»® -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»-¬®·½¬»¼ ¬± ½¿-»- ©¸»² ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¬± ¾» ¬»-¬»¼ ·- ±º ·²-«ºº·½·»²¬ -·¦» ¬± ±¾¬¿·² ´¿®¹»® -°»½·³»²- ±® ©¸»² ¿´´ °¿®¬·»- ¿¹®»» ¬± ¬¸»·® «-» º±® ¿½½»°¬¿²½» ¬»-¬·²¹ò Í³¿´´»® -°»½·³»²- ®»¯«·®» -«·¬¿¾´» »¯«·°³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¹®»¿¬»® -µ·´´ ·² ¾±¬¸ ³¿½¸·²·²¹ ¿²¼ ¬»-¬·²¹ò ëò Ú±® ¬®¿²-ª»®-» ©»´¼ -°»½·³»²-ô ¬¸» ©»´¼ -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿°°®±¨·³¿¬»´§ ½»²¬»®»¼ ¾»¬©»»² ¹¿¹» ³¿®µ-ò êò ß²§ -¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¬¸®»¿¼ ·- °»®³·--·¾´» ¬¸¿¬ °®±ª·¼»- º±® °®±°»® ¿´·¹²³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¿·¼- ·² ¿--«®·²¹ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ©·´´ ¾®»¿µ ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±²ò éò Ñ² -°»½·³»² ë ø-»» °¿¹» ê÷ô ·¬ ·- ¼»-·®¿¾´» ¬± ³¿µ» ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ¹®·° -»½¬·±² -«ºº·½·»²¬ ¬± ¿´´±© ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¬± »¨¬»²¼ ·²¬± ¬¸» ¹®·°- ¿ ¼·-¬¿²½» »¯«¿´ ¬± îñí ±® ³±®» ±º ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ¹®·°-ò èò Ì¸» «-» ±º ËÒÚ -»®·»- ±º ¬¸®»¿¼- Åíñì ·² øïç ³³÷ ¾§ ïêô ïñî ·² øïí ³³÷ ¾§ îðô íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ ¾§ îìô ¿²¼ ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ ¾§ îèÃ ·®»½±³³»²¼»¼ º±® ¸·¹¸ó-¬®»²¹¬¸ô ¾®·¬¬´» ³¿¬»®·¿´- ¬± ¿ª±·¼ º®¿½¬«®» ·² ¬¸» ¬¸®»¿¼»¼ °±®¬·±²ò çò Í«®º¿½» º·²·-¸ ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸ -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² êí ³·½®±·²½¸»- øïòê ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ïðò Ñ² ¬¸» ®±«²¼ -°»½·³»²- ·² ¬¸·- º·¹«®»ô ¬¸» ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸- ¿®» »¯«¿´ ¬± ì ¬·³»- ¬¸» ²±³·²¿´ ¼·¿³»¬»®ò ×² -±³» °®±¼«½¬ -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²±¬¸»® -°»½·³»²- ³¿§ ¾» °®±ª·¼»¼ º±® ¾«¬ «²´»-- ¬¸» ìæï ®¿¬·± ·- ³¿·²¬¿·²»¼ ©·¬¸·² ¼·³»²-·±²¿´ ¬±´»®¿²½»-ô ¬¸» »´±²¹¿¬·±² ª¿´«»- ³¿§ ²±¬ ¾» ½±³°¿®¿¾´» ©·¬¸ ¬¸±-» ±¾¬¿·²»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» -¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¬»-¬ -°»½·³»²ò Ò±¬» ¬¸¿¬ ³±-¬ ³»¬®·½ ¾¿-»¼ ½±¼»- «-» ¿ ëæï ®¿¬·± ±º ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸ ¬± ¼·¿³»¬»®ò Figure 4.1Round Tensile Specimens 5 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ü·³»²-·±²Í°»½·³»² ï ·² ø³³÷ Í°»½·³»² î ·² ø³³÷ Í°»½·³»² í ·² ø³³÷ Í°»½·³»² ì ·² ø³³÷ Í°»½·³»² ë ·² ø³³÷ Ù ‰ ¹¿¹» ´»²¹¬¸ îòððð o ðòððë øëð o ðòïîé÷ îòððð o ðòððë øëð o ðòïîé÷ îòððð o ðòððë øëð o ðòïîé÷ îòððð o ðòððë øëð o ðòïîé÷ îòððð o ðòððë øëð o ðòïîé÷ Ü ‰ ¼·¿³»¬»® øÒ±¬» ï÷ ðòëðð o ðòðïð øïí o ðòîëì÷ ðòëðð o ðòðïð øïí o ðòîëì÷ ðòëðð o ðòðïð øïí o ðòîëì÷ ðòëðð o ðòðïð øïí o ðòîëì÷ ðòëðð o ðòðïð øïí o ðòîëì÷ Î ‰ ®¿¼·«- ±º º·´´»¬ô ³·²ò íñè øïð÷ íñè øïð÷ ïñïê øïòê÷ íñè øïð÷ íñè øïð÷ îóïñì øëê÷ ³·²ò îóïñì øëê÷ ³·²ò ì øïðï÷ ¿°°®±¨ò îóïñì øëê÷ ³·²ò îóïñì øëê÷ ³·²ò ë øïîê÷ ëóïñî øïíç÷ ëóïñî øïíç÷ ìóíñì øïîð÷ çóïñî øîìï÷ ïóíñè øíë÷ ¿°°®±¨ò ï øîë÷ ¿°°®±¨ò íñì øïç÷ ¿°°®±¨ò ïñî øïí÷ ¿°°®±¨ò í øéê÷ ³·²ò íñì øïç÷ íñì øïç÷ îíñíî øïè÷ éñè øîî÷ íñì øïç÷ Û ‰ ´»²¹¬¸ ±º -¸±«´¼»® ¿²¼ º·´´»¬ -»½¬·±²ô ¿°°®±¨ò ‰ ëñè øïê÷ ‰ íñì øïç÷ ëñè øïê÷ Ú ‰ ¼·¿³»¬»® ±º -¸±«´¼»® ‰ ëñè øïê÷ ‰ ëñè øïê÷ ïçñíî øïë÷ ß ‰ ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² øÒ±¬» î÷ Ô ‰ ±ª»®ó¿´´ ´»²¹¬¸ ¿°°®±¨ò Þ ‰ ´»²¹¬¸ ±º »²¼ -»½¬·±² Ý ‰ ¼·¿³»¬»® ±º »²¼ -»½¬·±² Figure 4.1 (Continued)Round Tensile Specimens óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 6 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸·² ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´ ¾»·²¹ ¬»-¬»¼ ¬»²¼- ¬± ¬»¿® ¿²¼ ¾®»¿µ ²»¿® ¬¸» -¸±«´¼»®ò ×² -«½¸ ½¿-»-ô ¼·³»²-·±² Ý -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ¹®»¿¬»® ¬¸¿² ïóïñí ¬·³»- ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±²ò îò É»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ -¬®·°ô ·º ¿²§ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò íò É¸»² ¬¸» ¬¸·½µ²»--ô ¬ô ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬ ©»´¼³»²¬ ·- -«½¸ ¬¸¿¬ ·¬ ©±«´¼ ²±¬ °®±ª·¼» ¿ -°»½·³»² ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ½¿°¿½·¬§ ´·³·¬¿¬·±²- ±º ¬¸» ¿ª¿·´¿¾´» ¬»-¬ »¯«·°³»²¬ô ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -¸¿´´ ¾» °¿®¬»¼ ¬¸®±«¹¸ ·¬- ¬¸·½µ²»-- ·²¬± ¿- ³¿²§ -°»½·³»²- ¿- ®»¯«·®»¼ò ìò Ì¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±²- -¸¿´´ ¾» »¯«¿´ ¬± ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ©·¼»-¬ °±®¬·±² ±º ©»´¼ô °´«- ïñì ·² øê ³³÷ ³·²·³«³ ±² »¿½¸ -·¼»ò ëò ß´´ -«®º¿½»- ·² ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò êò Ò¿®®±©»® ©·¼¬¸- øÉ ¿²¼ Ý÷ ³¿§ ¾» «-»¼ ©¸»² ²»½»--¿®§ò ×² -«½¸ ½¿-»-ô ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² -¸±«´¼ ¾» ¿- ´¿®¹» ¿- ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¾»·²¹ ¬»-¬»¼ °»®³·¬-ò ×º ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ·- ´»-- ¬¸¿² Éô ¬¸» -·¼»- ³¿§ ¾» °¿®¿´´»´ ¬¸®±«¹¸±«¬ ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 4.2Transverse Rectangular Tension Test Specimen (Plate) 7 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ü·³»²-·±²- É ã ©·¼¬¸ Þ ã ©·¼¬¸ ±º ©»´¼ ²±³·²¿´ Ý ã ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¹®·° -»½¬·±² Í°»½·³»² ï ·² ø³³÷ Í°»½·³»² î ·² ø³³÷ ï o ðòðë øîë o ïòîë÷ ïóïñî o ðòïîë øíè o í÷ ïñî øïí÷ ¿°°®±¨ò íñì øïç÷ ¿°°®±¨ò ïóïñî øíè÷ î øëð÷ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» ©»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ô ·º ¿²§ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ô º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò îò Ì¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ©»´¼ ³¿§ ¾» ª¿®·»¼ ¬± ¿°°®±¨·³¿¬» ïñî É ¾§ -»´»½¬·²¹ ¿² ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ¿²¼ ·¬- ´±½¿¬·±² ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ©»´¼ò íò Ì¸» ©·¼¬¸ô Éô ³¿§ ¾» ª¿®·»¼ ©·¬¸·² ®»¿-±² ¬± ¿½½±³³±¼¿¬» ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ©»´¼ ·º ·¬ ·- ²±¬ °±--·¾´» ¬± ³»»¬ ¬¸» ®»¯«·®»³»²¬- ±º Ò±¬» îò ìò Ì¸» ¹®·° -»½¬·±²- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -¸¿´´ ¾» -§³³»¬®·½¿´ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ½»²¬»® ´·²» ±º ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±²ô ©·¬¸·² ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ò ëò ß´´ -«®º¿½»- ·² ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò êò Ò¿®®±©»® ©·¼¬¸- øÉ ¿²¼ Ý÷ ³¿§ ¾» «-»¼ ©¸»² ²»½»--¿®§ò ×² -«½¸ ½¿-»-ô ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² -¸±«´¼ ¾» ¿- ´¿®¹» ¿- ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¾»·²¹ ¬»-¬»¼ °»®³·¬-ò ×º ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ·- ´»-- ¬¸¿² Éô ¬¸» -·¼»- ³¿§ ¾» °¿®¿´´»´ ¬¸®±«¹¸±«¬ ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 4.3Longitudinal Tension Test Specimens (Plates) 8 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Í°»½·³»² Ò±ò É ·² ø³³÷ Ý ·² ø³³÷ ß ·² ø³³÷ ï ïñî o ïñêì øïí o ðòì÷ íñì øïç÷ ¿°°®±¨ò îóïñì øêð÷ ³·²ò î íñì o ïñíî øîð o îòì÷ ï øîë÷ ¿°°®±¨ò îóïñì øêð÷ ³·²ò ìóïñî øïïë÷ ³·²ò í ï o ïñïê øîë o ïòê÷ ïóïñî øíè÷ ¿°°®±¨ò îóïñì øêð÷ ³·²ò ìóïñî øïïë÷ ³·²ò ì ïóïñî o ïñè øíè o íòî÷ î øëð÷ ¿°°®±¨ò îóïñì øêð÷ ³·²ò ìóïñî øïïë÷ ³·²ò ç øîîç÷ ³·²ò Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» ©»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ô ·º ¿²§ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò îò ß´¬»®²¿¬» -°»½·³»² -¸¿´´ ²±¬ ¾» «-»¼ º±® ²±³·²¿´ ©¿´´ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ´»-- ¬¸¿² íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ò íò Ñ²´§ ¹®·° -»½¬·±²- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ³¿§ ¾» º´¿¬¬»²»¼ò ìò ×² ¬¸» ½¿-» ±º º«´´ ©¿´´ ¬¸·½µ²»-- -°»½·³»²-ô ½®±--ó-»½¬·±²¿´ ¿®»¿ ³¿§ ¾» ½¿´½«´¿¬»¼ ¾§ ³«´¬·°´§·²¹ É ¿²¼ ¬ ø¬ ã Ì÷ ëò Ì ·- ¬¸» ¬¸·½µ²»-- ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬ -°»½·³»² ¿- °®±ª·¼»¼ º±® ·² ¬¸» ¿°°´·½¿¾´» -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²ò êò Ì¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² -¸¿´´ ¾» °¿®¿´´»´ ©·¬¸·² ðòðïð ·² øðòîë ³³÷ ¿²¼ ³¿§ ¸¿ª» ¿ ¹®¿¼«¿´ ¬¿°»® ·² ©·¼¬¸ º®±³ ¬¸» »²¼- ¬±©¿®¼ ¬¸» ½»²¬»® ©·¬¸ ¬¸» »²¼- ²±¬ ³±®» ¬¸¿² ðòðïð ·² øðòîë ³³÷ ©·¼»® ¬¸¿² ¬¸» ½»²¬»®ò éò Ì¸» ¹®·° -»½¬·±² ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -¸¿´´ ¾» -§³³»¬®·½¿´ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ½»²¬»® ´·²» ±º ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² ©·¬¸·² ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ò èò ß´´ -«®º¿½»- ·² ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò çò Ò¿®®±©»® ©·¼¬¸- øÉ ¿²¼ Ý÷ ³¿§ ¾» «-»¼ ©¸»² ²»½»--¿®§ò ×² -«½¸ ½¿-»-ô ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ®»¼«½»¼ -»½¬·±² -¸±«´¼ ¾» ¿- ´¿®¹» ¿- ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¾»·²¹ ¬»-¬»¼ °»®³·¬-ò ×º ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ·- ´»-- ¬¸¿² Éô ¬¸» -·¼»- ³¿§ ¾» °¿®¿´´»´ ¬¸®±«¹¸±«¬ ¬¸» ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 4.4Reduced Rectangular Section Tension Specimens for Pipe 9 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ìò ÌÛÒÍ×ÑÒ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 4.5Full Section Tension Specimen for Pipe 10 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ëò ÍØÛßÎ ÌÛÍÌÍ 5. Shear Tests 5.4 Significance 5.1 Scope. This clause covers shear tests of fillet welds in plate. 5.4.1 Shear tests provide information on the load bearing capacities and joint efficiencies of welded joints. The data obtained from shear tests may include: 5.1.1 The preparation of the test specimens and the testing procedure shall conform to this standard. (1) Unit shear load, (2) Shear strength, and 5.1.2 This standard does not specify requirements or acceptance criteria. (3) Location and mode of fracture. 5.4.2 Shear tests provide quantitative data which can be compared, analyzed, and used in the design and analysis of welded structures. Fracture surfaces may also provide information on the presence and effects of discontinuities such as lack of fusion/penetration, porosity, inclusions, and cracking. The weld shearing strength is reported as (1) load per unit length of weld, and (2) shear stress on the throat of the weld. 5.1.3 This standard is applicable to the following when specified: óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (1) Qualification of welding personnel and welding procedures; (2) Information, basis for inspection, and fabrication quality control when acceptance criteria have been established; and 5.5 Apparatus. The test shall be performed on a tensile machine in conformance with ASTM E 8, Standard Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials. The machine shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM E 4, Standard Practices for Force Verification of Testing Machines. (3) Research and development. 5.1.4 When this standard is used, the following information shall be furnished: (1) Welding process used, 5.6 Specimens (2) The specified type of test and the number of specimens that is required, 5.6.1 Longitudinal Shear Strength Specimen. The specimen shall be welded as shown in Figure 5.1 and inspected visually. The surface contour and size of the fillet welds shall be in accordance with the applicable standard or other specified acceptance criteria. The specimen shall be machined before testing as shown in Figure 5.1. (3) Base metal specification/identification and thickness, (4) Position(s) of welding, (5) Filler metal specification/identification and diameter, (6) Report form including type of data and observations to be made, and 5.6.2 Transverse Shear Strength Specimen. The specimen shall be prepared as shown in Figure 5.2 and inspected visually. The surface contour and size of the fillet welds shall be in accordance with the applicable standard or other specified acceptance criteria. Wider plates may be used to obtain multiple specimens. When multiple specimens are prepared from a single welded assembly, the results for each individual specimen are to be reported. (7) Acceptance criteria. 5.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 5.6.3 Preparation. The data obtained from a shear strength specimen may be affected by certain preparation and testing variables. For the transverse specimen, the gap between the lapped plates should be minimized to avoid magnification of stresses at the root of the weld which should lower the observed strength of the weldment. Nonuniformity of fillet weld contour will affect the test values. The specimen is also sensitive to any underbead cracking or undercut. ASTM Documents: ASTM E 4, Standard Practices for Force Verification of Testing Machines ASTM E 8, Standard Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials 5.3 Summary of Method. The shear test places a tensile load on a specimen prepared so that the fillet welds fail in shear. 5.7 Procedure. Shear strength is derived using formulas from Figure 5.3. 11 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ëò ÍØÛßÎ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 5.7.1 The length of weld and average leg dimension of each weld shall be measured and reported. The theoretical throat is calculated from these dimensions. 5.8 Report. In addition to the requirements of the applicable standard or other user specified requirements, the report should indicate the following: 5.7.2 The specimen shall be positioned in the testing machine so that the tensile load is applied parallel to the longitudinal axis of the specimen. (1) Specimen identification; 5.7.3 The specimen shall be loaded in tension until the welds are sheared. (3) Specimen type (longitudinal or transverse); (2) Welding procedure number or identification; (4) Unit shear load; 5.7.4 A test shall be considered invalid if the specimen fails in the base metal, and an additional test specimen shall be prepared and tested. (5) Shear strength; (6) Location of fracture; 5.7.5 Unit shear load in terms of load per unit length of weld is determined by dividing the maximum load by the total length of weld sheared. (7) Actual throat dimensions, if measured and weld lengths; and (8) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimen, fracture surfaces or procedure. 5.7.6 Shear strength in force per unit area acting on the throat of the fillet weld is determined by dividing the unit shear load by the average theoretical throat dimensions of the welds that sheared. 5.9 Commentary. There are other national and international test methods whose objectives are to determine the shear properties of welds. These other test methods may not give the same test results as the test method described here. 5.7.7 Eccentric loading during testing will make the specimen more sensitive to certain defects such as weld discontinuities at the ends of the fillet welds. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 12 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ëò ÍØÛßÎ ÌÛÍÌÍ Ü·³»²-·±²·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ïñî øïî÷ Í·¦» ±º É»´¼ Í ïñè øí÷ ïñì øê÷ íñè øïð÷ Ì¸·½µ²»-- ¬ íñè øïð÷ ïñî øïî÷ íñì øïç÷ ï øîë÷ Ì¸·½µ²»-- Ì íñè øïð÷ íñì øïç÷ ï øîë÷ ïóïñì øíî÷ í øéë÷ í øéë÷ í øéë÷ íóïñî øèç÷ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó É·¼¬¸ É Ò±¬»-æ ïò Í´±¬ ³¿½¸·²»¼ ¬¸®±«¹¸ ®±±¬ ±º ¬»-¬ º·´´»¬ ©»´¼ò îò Ü»°¬¸ ±º ³¿½¸·²»¼ ²±¬½¸ -¸¿´´ »¨¬»²¼ ¬¸®±«¹¸ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ±º ´¿° °´¿¬»ò Figure 5.1Longitudinal Fillet Weld Shear Specimen 13 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ ëò ÍØÛßÎ ÌÛÍÌÍ Figure 5.2Transverse Fillet Weld Shear Specimen Ð ã ----------I¿ ©¸»®» Ð ã ´ ã ¿ ã ã ´±¿¼ ¬±¬¿´ ´»²¹¬¸ ±º º·´´»¬ ©»´¼ -¸»¿®»¼ ¬¸»±®»¬·½¿´ ¬¸®±¿¬ ¼·³»²-·±² -¸»¿® -¬®»²¹¬¸ ±º ©»´¼ Figure 5.3Shear Strength Calculation 14 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ 6. Bend Tests 6.3 Definitions and Symbols. For the purposes of this test, the following definitions and symbols apply: 6.1 Scope A B e ID L R S T t W 6.1.1 This clause covers the bend testing of fillet welds, groove welds in butt joints and the bend testing of surfacing welds. The standard gives the requirements for bend test specimen preparation, test parameters, and testing procedures, but does not specify acceptance criteria. 6.1.2 The base materials may be homogenous, clad or otherwise surfaced, except for hardfacing. 6.1.3 This standard is applicable to the following, where specified: 6.4.1 Specimens are guided in the bending process by a test fixture that employs a mandrel with wraparound roller or end supports with a plunger. (2) Information, specifications of acceptance, manufacturing quality control; and 6.4.2 Maximum strain on the tension surface is controlled by the thickness of the specimen and the radius of the mandrel or plunger. (3) Research and development. 6.1.4 When this standard is used, the following information shall be specified: 6.5 Significance (1) The specific location and orientation of the specimens; 6.5.1 The ductility of the welded joint, as evidenced by its ability to resist tearing and the presence of defects on the tension surface, is determined in a guided bend test. (2) The specific types of tests, for example, face bend, side bend, or root bend and number of specimens required; 6.5.2 Bend tests of weld cladding are used to detect incomplete fusion, tearing, delamination, macrodiscontinuities, and the effect of bead configuration. (3) Bend radius and specimen thickness (T), or percent (%) elongation. When not otherwise specified, the elongation is generally determined by the base metal or filler metal requirement, whichever is lower; and 6.6 Apparatus (4) Postweld thermal or mechanical processing treatments, as applicable. 6.6.1 Guided bend specimens may be tested in either of two types of fixture. One type is the guided bend fixture, which is designed to support and load the specimen in a three point bending mode. The alternate is a wraparound bend fixture that fixes one end of the specimen and uses a roller to force the specimen to bend around a mandrel. 6.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 6.6.2 The guided bend fixture shall have the dimensions given in Figure 6.1, 6.2, or 6.10. 6.6.3 The wraparound bend fixture shall have the dimensions given in Figure 6.3. ASME Documents: ASME B46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay 6.6.4 The radius of the plunger, A, shown in Figures 6.1 and 6.2 or the mandrel shown in Figure 6.3 shall be specified or determined from the following equation: ASTM Documents: ASTM A 370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical testing of Steel Products A = T(50/e 1/2) where A = Radius of mandrel or plunger, o1/16 in (o1.6 mm); ASTM E 190, Standard Test Method for Guided Bend Test for Ductility of Welds Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ plunger or mandrel radius die radius elongation of outer surface inside diameter test plate length radius surfacing weld thickness specimen thickness thickness of test weldment specimen width 6.4 Summary of Method (1) Qualification of materials, welding personnel, and welding procedures; óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó = = = = = = = = = = 15 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé e = Elongation at outer surface, % ±1%; and T = Specimen thickness, ±1/64 in (±0.40 mm). root bend specimens shall conform to the requirements of Figure 6.5 for plate and Figure 6.6 for pipe welds. 6.7.7 Longitudinal Face Bend. The longitudinal axis of the specimen is parallel to the weld and the specimen is bent so that the face of the weld becomes the tension surface of the specimen. Longitudinal face bend specimens shall conform to the requirements of Figure 6.7. 6.6.5 The tolerances specified are for machining and to allow use of standard size mandrels and plungers. It is not the intent of the tolerances to purposely increase the minimum bend radius beyond the calculated value. 6.7 Specimens 6.7.8 Longitudinal Root Bend. The longitudinal axis of the specimen is parallel to the weld and the specimen is bent so that the root of the weld becomes the tension surface of the specimen. Longitudinal root bend test specimens shall comply with the requirements of Figure 6.7. 6.7.1 Bend test specimens shall be prepared by cutting the weld and the base metal to form a specimen rectangular in cross section. For transverse bends, the surfaces cut transverse to the weld shall be designated as the sides of the specimen. For longitudinal specimens, the longitudinal surfaces that were cut to form the specimen shall be designated as the sides of the specimen and may or may not contain any weld metal. Of the two remaining fulllength surfaces, the surface with the greatest weld face width shall be designated as the face while the remaining full length surface shall be designated as the root. Transverse specimens may have the side, face, or root of the weld as the tension surface. Longitudinal specimens may have the face or the root of the weld as the tension surface of the specimen. 6.7.9 Fillet Weld Root Bend. The fillet weld rootbend test sample shall be welded and prepared as shown in Figure 6.8. The root of the weld shall be the tension surface of the specimen. The fillet weld root bend test is an alternate to the fillet weld break test in some codes and specifications (see 9.2). 6.7.10 Surfacing Weld Specimens. The face bend and side bend specimens for surfacing welds shall conform to the requirements of Figure 6.9. The length of the transverse bend specimen shall be perpendicular to the weld direction; the length of the longitudinal bend specimen shall be parallel to the weld direction. The surface weld shall be the tension surface of the face bend specimen. 6.7.2 When specimens wider than 1.5 in (38 mm) are to be bent, the mandrel or plunger shall be at least 0.25 in (6 mm) wider than the specimen width. 6.7.11 Longitudinal Fillet Weld Specimen. The fillet weld bend test specimens are prepared by making two fillet welds on a T-joint and machining the specimen as shown in Figure 6.10. The fillet weld shall be the tension surface of the specimen. 6.7.3 It is generally recommended that bend test specimen thickness, T, be 3/8 in o 1/64 in (10 mm ± 0.40 mm) unless otherwise dictated by the material thickness, available equipment, or the applicable specification. 6.8 Procedure óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 6.7.4 Transverse Side Bend. The longitudinal axis of the specimen is perpendicular to the weld, and the specimen is bent so that one of the side surfaces becomes the tension surface of the specimen. The side showing the more significant discontinuities (if any) shall be the tension side. Transverse side bend test specimens shall conform to Figure 6.4. Transverse side bend specimens are used for plates or pipe that are too thick for face bend or root bend specimens and are recommended for welds with narrow fusion zones. 6.8.1 Unless otherwise specified, the specimen shall be tested at ambient temperature and deformation shall occur in a time period no shorter than 15 seconds and no longer than 2 minutes. If weld and heat-affected zone (HAZ) for transverse specimens are not within the curved portion of the specimen, the specimen shall be discarded and another specimen prepared and tested. 6.8.2 Guided Bend Testing 6.8.2.1 Transverse Specimens. The following procedure is applicable to guided bend testing of transverse specimens: 6.7.5 Transverse Face Bend. The longitudinal axis of the specimen is perpendicular to the weld and the specimen is bent so that the weld face becomes the tension surface of the specimen. Transverse face bend specimens shall conform to the requirements of Figure 6.5 for plate and Figure 6.6 for pipe welds. (1) Place the tension side down on the supporting surface of the bend fixture shown in Figures 6.1, 6.2, and 6.10. The weld shall be centered in the fixture with the centerline of the weld within 1/16 in (1.6 mm) of the center of the fixture. 6.7.6 Transverse Root Bend. The longitudinal axis of the specimen is perpendicular to the weld and the specimen is bent so that the root surface of the weld becomes the tension surface of the specimen. Transverse (2) Any means may be used for smoothly moving the plunger in relation to the support members of the bend fixture. 16 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ (3) For bend fixtures with a bottom open (Figures 6.1 and 6.10), apply a sufficient load on the plunger until the specimen is bottom ejected, or until the radius of the plunger has cleared the radius of the rollers (or shoulders). Caution must be used to prevent injury due to the force of the ejecting specimen. (4) Welding procedure specifications and procedure qualification record numbers (if applicable) including any supplemental information (5) Specific tests performed (6) Bend radius (7) Test temperature (4) For bend fixtures with a bottom radius (Figure 6.2), the plunger shall force the specimen into the die until the specimen reaches the bottom of the fixture. (8) Number of tests per condition or lot (9) The following additional information should be included: number, type, size and location of defects, if any 6.8.2.2 Longitudinal Specimens. The following procedure is applicable to guided bend testing of longitudinal specimens: (10) Bend angle; also identify if specimen fractures prior to 180° (1) Center the tension side of the specimen on the supporting surfaces of the bend fixture. (11) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimens or procedure (2) Proceed as described in 6.8.2.1(2) and (3) above for transverse specimens. 6.10 Commentary 6.10.1 When testing weld specimens containing base metal and filler metal which have significantly different tensile and yield strengths, using the test fixtures shown in Figures 6.1 and 6.2, bending will not be uniformly distributed across the weld, HAZ, and base metal. For example, if the deposited weld metal has a yield strength less than that of the base metal, yielding will begin in the weld first, resulting in a true bend radius less than that of the plunger. A smaller effective bend radius results in a more severe test of the deposited weld metal. 6.8.3 Wraparound Bend Testing. The specimen shall be firmly clamped on one end in the fixture (Figure 6.3) so that there is no sliding of the specimen relative to the mandrel during the bending operation. Alternatively, the specimen may be held stationary against a rotated, nonslipping mandrel of radius A by a stationary compressive roller. In this case the specimen is wrapped around the rotating mandrel by draw-bending the specimen from between the outer roller and the point where the rotating mandrel holds the specimen tight against the roller. For transverse bend specimens the weld and HAZs shall be centered within the bent portion of the specimen. Test specimens shall not be removed from the fixture until the point where the outer roller contacts the bend specimen and has moved 180° from its starting point along the convex surface of the bend specimen. On the other hand, when the deposited weld metal is stronger than the base metal, bending will begin in the HAZ and adjacent base metal, resulting in bending with a small radius at these points and little, if any, bending occurring in the weld metal. The result of this situation is a more severe test of the HAZ or base metal and a less severe test of the weld metal. 6.8.4 Specimen Inspection. The specimen shall be removed from the bend fixture and the tension surface of the specimen (weld metal and HAZ) visually examined for tears or other open defects, and all defect types, quantities, sizes, and locations shall be recorded. When fracture of the weld specimen occurs prior to completing a 180° bend, the angle at which it fractured shall be recorded, if possible. For transverse bend specimens the weld and HAZ shall be centered and completely within the bent portion of the specimen after testing. It is recommended that a wraparound fixture shown in Figure 6.3 be used in these situations or longitudinal bend specimens be used in place of the transverse guided bend specimens. Testing of welds in dissimilar metals (such as high tensile strength plate to ordinary structural grade steels) can produce similar effects because of the tendency for the specimens to shift (slide sideways) during loading when using the fixtures shown in Figures 6.1 and 6.2. The use of a mallet to adjust the specimen in the fixture after the specimen has begun bending is discouraged as it may result in rapid bending and undue failure. 6.9 Report. In addition to the requirements of applicable documents, the report shall include the following: 6.10.2 For welds and materials with elongation exceeding 20%, bend testing at 20% elongation is normally considered sufficient. This takes into consideration the complexity of the welded joint and common requirements for weld strength. However, when elongation greater than 20% is required for serviceability of the joint, the contracting parties must specify the minimum acceptable elongation for the bend test. (1) Materials Identification (a) Base metal specification (b) Filler metal specification (2) Specimen thickness and width (3) Type of welded joint or surfacing weld óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 17 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ò±¬»-æ ïò Û·¬¸»® ¸¿®¼»²»¼ ¿²¼ ¹®»¿-»¼ -¸±«´¼»®- ±® ¸¿®¼»²»¼ ®±´´»®- º®»» ¬± ®±¬¿¬» -¸¿´´ ¾» «-»¼ò îò Ì¸» -¸±«´¼»® ±® ®±´´»®- -¸¿´´ ¸¿ª» ¿ ³·²·³«³ ¾»¿®·²¹ ´»²¹¬¸ ±º î ·² øëð ³³÷ º±® °´¿½»³»²¬ ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò íò Ì¸» -¸±«´¼»®- ±® ®±´´»®- -¸¿´´ ¾» ¸·¹¸ »²±«¹¸ ¿¾±ª» ¬¸» ¾±¬¬±³ ±º ¬¸» º·¨¬«®» -± ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ©·´´ ½´»¿® ¬¸» -¸±«´¼»®- ±® ®±´´»®©¸»² ¬¸» °´«²¹»® ·- ·² ¬¸» ´±© °±-·¬·±²ò ìò Ì¸» °´«²¹»® -¸¿´´ ¾» º·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸ ¿² ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» ¾¿-» ¿²¼ °®±ª·-·±² º±® ¿¬¬¿½¸³»²¬ ¬± ¬¸» ¬»-¬·²¹ ³¿½¸·²» ¿²¼ -¸¿´´ ¾» ¼»-·¹²»¼ ¬± ³·²·³·¦» ¼»º´»½¬·±² ±® ³·-¿´·¹²³»²¬ò ëò Ì¸» -¸±«´¼»® ±® ®±´´»® -«°°±®¬- ³¿§ ¾» ³¿¼» ¿¼¶«-¬¿¾´» ·² ¬¸» ¸±®·¦±²¬¿´ ¼·®»½¬·±² -± ¬¸¿¬ -°»½·³»²- ±º ª¿®·±«- ¬¸·½µ²»-- ³¿§ ¾» ¬»-¬»¼ ·² ¬¸» -¿³» ¾»²¼ º·¨¬«®»ò êò Ì¸» -¸±«´¼»® ±® ®±´´»® -«°°±®¬- -¸¿´´ ¾» º·¬¬»¼ ¬± ¿ ¾¿-» ¼»-·¹²»¼ ¬± ³¿·²¬¿·² ¬¸» -¸±«´¼»®- ±® ®±´´»®- ½»²¬»®»¼ ¿²¼ ¿´·¹²»¼ ©·¬¸ ®»-°»½¬ ¬± ¬¸» °´«²¹»®ô ¿²¼ ³·²·³·¦» ¼»º´»½¬·±² ±® ³·-¿´·¹²³»²¬ò éò Ì¸» ³¿¨·³«³ °´«²¹»® ®¿¼·«-ô ßô -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿- -°»½·º·»¼ ±® ¿- ¼»¬»®³·²»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò Figure 6.1Typical Bottom Ejecting Guided Bend Test Fixture óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 18 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ú·¨¬«®» Ü·³»²-·±²- º±® îðû Û´±²¹¿¬·±² ±º É»´¼ Í°»½·³»² Ì¸·½µ²»--ô Ì ·² ø³³÷ Ð´«²¹»® Î¿¼·«-ô ß ·² ø³³÷ Ü·» Î¿¼·«-ô Þ ·² ø³³÷ íñè øïð÷ íñì øïç÷ ïóíñïê øíî÷ Ì îÌ ß õ Ì õ ïñïê øïòê÷ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¿°°»¼ ¸±´» ±º ¿°°®±°®·¿¬» -·¦»ô ±® ±¬¸»® -«·¬¿¾´» ³»¿²- º±® ¿¬¬¿½¸·²¹ °´«²¹»® ¬± ¬»-¬·²¹ ³¿½¸·²»ò îò Û·¬¸»® ¸¿®¼»²»¼ ¿²¼ ¹®»¿-»¼ -¸±«´¼»®- ±® ¸¿®¼»²»¼ ®±´´»®- º®»» ¬± ®±¬¿¬» -¸¿´´ ¾» «-»¼ ·² ¼·»ò íò Ì¸» °´«²¹»® ¿²¼ ·¬- ¾¿-» -¸¿´´ ¾» ¼»-·¹²»¼ ¬± ³·²·³·¦» ¼»º´»½¬·±² ¿²¼ ³·-¿´·¹²³»²¬ò ìò Ì¸» °´«²¹»® -¸¿´´ º±®½» ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ·²¬± ¬¸» ¼·» «²¬·´ ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¾»½±³»- Ëó-¸¿°»¼ò Ì¸» ©»´¼ ¿²¼ ¸»¿¬ó¿ºº»½¬»¼ ¦±²»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ½»²¬»®»¼ ¿²¼ ½±³°´»¬»´§ ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ¾»²¬ °±®¬·±² ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¿º¬»® ¬»-¬·²¹ò ëò Ú±® ¿ ¹·ª»² -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ¬¸» ³¿¨·³«³ °´«²¹»® ®¿¼·«-ô ßô -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿- -°»½·º·»¼ ±® ¿- ¼»¬»®³·²»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò Ú±® »¨¿³°´»ô º·¨¬«®» ¼·³»²-·±²- º±® îðû »´±²¹¿¬·±² ¿²¼ ¿ -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ±º íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ -¸¿´´ ¾» °´«²¹»® ®¿¼·«-ô ßô »¯«¿´ ¬± íñì ·² øïç ³³÷ ¿²¼ ¼·» ®¿¼·«-ô Þô »¯«¿´ ¬± ïóíñïê ·² øíî ³³÷ò êò É»´¼ -·¦»- ·²¼·½¿¬»¼ ¿®» ®»½±³³»²¼¿¬·±²-ò Ì¸» ¿½¬«¿´ º·´´»¬ ©»´¼ -·¦» ·- ¬¸» ®»-°±²-·¾·´·¬§ ±º ¬¸» «-»® ¬± »²-«®» ®·¹·¼·¬§ ¿²¼ ¼»-·¹² ¿¼»¯«¿½§ò Figure 6.2Typical Bottom Guided Bend Test Fixture 19 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ò±¬»-æ ïò Î¿¼·«- ß -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿- -°»½·º·»¼ô ±® ¿- ¼»¬»®³·²»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò Ü·³»²-·±²- ²±¬ -¸±©² ¿®» ¬¸» ±°¬·±² ±º ¬¸» ¼»-·¹²»®ô »¨½»°¬ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ³·²·³«³ ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ½±³°±²»²¬- -¸¿´´ ¾» î ·² øëð ³³÷ò îò ×¬ ·- »--»²¬·¿´ ¬± ¸¿ª» ¿¼»¯«¿¬» ®·¹·¼·¬§ -± ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ¾»²¼ º·¨¬«®» ©·´´ ²±¬ ¼»º´»½¬ ¼«®·²¹ ¬»-¬·²¹ò Ì¸» -°»½·³»² -¸¿´´ ¾» º·®³´§ ½´¿³°»¼ ±² ±²» »²¼ -± ¬¸¿¬ ·¬ ¼±»- ²±¬ -´·¼» ¼«®·²¹ ¬¸» ¾»²¼·²¹ ±°»®¿¬·±²ò íò Ì»-¬ -°»½·³»²- -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» ¾»²¼ º·¨¬«®» ©¸»² ¬¸» ®±´´»® ¸¿- ¬®¿ª»®-»¼ ïèðp º®±³ ¬¸» -¬¿®¬·²¹ °±·²¬ò Figure 6.3Typical Wraparound Guided Bend Test Fixture 20 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ Ò±¬»-æ ïò ×º ¬¸» ¬¸·½µ²»--ô ¬ô ±º ¿ -·²¹´»ó¹®±±ª» ©»´¼ ¶±·²¬ »¨½»»¼- ïóïñî ·² øíè ³³÷ô ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ³¿§ ¾» ½«¬ ·²¬± ¿°°®±¨·³¿¬»´§ »¯«¿´ -¬®·°¾»¬©»»² íñì ·² øïç ³³÷ ¿²¼ ïóïñî ·² øíè ³³÷ ©·¼»ò Û¿½¸ -¬®·° -¸¿´´ ¾» ¬»-¬»¼ ¾§ ¾»²¼·²¹ ¬± ¬¸» -¿³» ®¿¼·«- ¿- -°»½·º·»¼ ±® ¿¼»¬»®³·²»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò îò ×º ¬¸» °´¿¬» ¬¸·½µ²»--ô ¬ô ±º ¿ ¼±«¾´»ó¹®±±ª» ©»´¼ ¶±·²¬ »¨½»»¼- ïóïñî ·² øíè ³³÷ô ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ³¿§ ¾» ½«¬ ·²¬± ³«´¬·°´» -¬®·°- -± ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ®±±¬ ±º ¬¸» ©»´¼ ·- ½»²¬»®»¼ ·² ±²» ±º ¬¸» -¬®·°- ¿- -¸±©²ò É¸»²»ª»® °±--·¾´» ·¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ¾» ¿°°®±¨·³¿¬»´§ íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ ©·¬¸ »¿½¸ -°»½·³»² ¸¿ª·²¹ ¿ ©·¼¬¸ »¨½»»¼·²¹ ·¬- ¬¸·½µ²»--ò Ì¸»-» -¬®·°- -¸¿´´ ¾» ¾»²¬ ¬± ¬¸» -¿³» ®¿¼·«- ¿- -°»½·º·»¼ ±® ¿- ¼»¬»®³·²»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò íò Ì¸» ©»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ô ·º ¿²§ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª»¼ º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -«®º¿½»ò Ú±® °»®º±®³¿²½» ¯«¿´·º·½¿¬·±²ô ·º -«ºº·½·»²¬ ³¿¬»®·¿´ ·- ¿ª¿·´¿¾´»ô ¿½½»°¬¿¾´» «²¼»®½«¬ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ©¸·´» ³¿·²¬¿·²·²¹ -°»½·³»² ¼·³»²-·±²-ò ìò Ì¸» ¼·¿³»¬»® ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬ °´«²¹»® -¸±«´¼ ¾» »¯«¿´ ¬± ±® »¨½»»¼ ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ®»³¿·²·²¹ ©»´¼ º¿½» ©·¼¬¸ ·² ±®¼»® ¬± ¬»-¬ ¬¸» ©»´¼ ØßÆ ¿²¼ ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´ò ×º ¬¸·- ®»¯«·®»³»²¬ ½¿²²±¬ ¾» ³»¬ô ¿ ¹®»¿¬»® ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ³¿§ ¾» ½¸±-»² ·² ¿½½±®¼¿²½» ©·¬¸ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò ëò ß´´ ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ -«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ×¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´¿§ ±º ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ®±«¹¸²»-- ¾» ±®·»²¬»¼ °¿®¿´´»´ ¬± ¬¸» ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 6.4Transverse Side Bend Specimens (Plate) óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 21 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» -°»½·³»² »¼¹»- ³¿§ ¾» ¬¸»®³¿´´§ ½«¬ ¾«¬ô ·² ¬¸·- ½¿-»ô ¿¬ ´»¿-¬ ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ ±º ³¿¬»®·¿´ -¸¿´´ ¾» ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» ¬¸»®³¿´´§ ½«¬ -«®º¿½»ò îò Ú±® ½´¿¼ ³»¬¿´- ¸¿ª·²¹ ¿² »´±²¹¿¬·±² ®»¯«·®»³»²¬ ±º ¿¬ ´»¿-¬ îëûô ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ³¿§ ¾» ®»¼«½»¼ ©¸»² «-·²¹ ¿ º·¨»¼ ¾»²¼ó®¿¼·«- ¬»-¬·²¹ ¾»²¼ º·¨¬«®»ò Ì¸» -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»-- -¸¿´´ ¾» ¼»¬»®³·²»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò íò ×º ¬¸» ©»´¼ ¶±·²- ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´- ±º ¼·ºº»®»²¬ ¬¸·½µ²»--»-ô ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®»¼«½»¼ ¬± ¿ ½±²-¬¿²¬ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ¾¿-»¼ ±² ¬¸» ¬¸·²²»® ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´ò ìò Ë²´»-- ±¬¸»®©·-» -°»½·º·»¼ô ¬¸» ©»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ô ·º ¿²§ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª»¼ º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -«®º¿½»ò Ú±® °»®º±®³¿²½» ¯«¿´·º·½¿¬·±²ô ·º -«ºº·½·»²¬ ³¿¬»®·¿´ ·- ¿ª¿·´¿¾´»ô ¿½½»°¬¿¾´» «²¼»®½«¬ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ©¸·´» ³¿·²¬¿·²·²¹ -°»½·³»² ¼·³»²-·±²-ò ëò Ì¸» ¼·¿³»¬»® ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬ °´«²¹»® -¸±«´¼ ¾» »¯«¿´ ¬± ±® »¨½»»¼ ¬¸» ©·¼¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ®»³¿·²·²¹ ©»´¼ º¿½»ò ×º ¬¸·- ®»¯«·®»³»²¬ ½¿²²±¬ ¾» ³»¬ô ¿ ¹®»¿¬»® ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ³¿§ ¾» ½¸±-»² ·² ¿½½±®¼¿²½» ©·¬¸ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò êò ß´´ ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ -«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ×¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´¿§ ±º ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ®±«¹¸²»-- ¾» °¿®¿´´»´ ¬± ¬¸» ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 6.5Transverse Face Bend and Root Bend Specimen (Plate) 22 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» -°»½·³»² »¼¹»- ³¿§ ¾» ¬¸»®³¿´´§ ½«¬ ¾«¬ô ·² ¬¸·- ½¿-»ô ¿¬ ´»¿-¬ ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ ±º ³¿¬»®·¿´ -¸¿´´ ¾» ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» ¬¸»®³¿´´§ ½«¬ -«®º¿½»-ò îò ×º ¬¸» ©»´¼ ¶±·²- ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´- ±º ¼·ºº»®»²¬ ¬¸·½µ²»--»-ô ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®»¼«½»¼ ¬± ¿ ½±²-¬¿²¬ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ¾¿-»¼ ±² ¬¸» ¬¸·²²»® ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´ò íò Ì¸» -°»½·³»² ©·¼¬¸ -¸¿´´ ¾» ìÌô »¨½»°¬ ¬¸¿¬ ·¬ -¸¿´´ ²±¬ »¨½»»¼ ×Üñí ©¸»®» ×Ü ·- ¬¸» ·²-·¼» ¼·¿³»¬»® ±º ¬¸» °·°»ò ìò Ì¸» ©»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ô ·º ¿²§ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª»¼ º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -«®º¿½»ò ×º ¬¸» ¾¿½µ ±º ¬¸» ¶±·²¬ ·- ®»½»--»¼ô ¬¸·- -«®º¿½» ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ³¿§ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ¬± ¿ ¼»°¬¸ ²±¬ »¨½»»¼·²¹ ¬¸» ®»½»--ò Ú±® °»®º±®³¿²½» ¯«¿´·º·½¿¬·±²ô ·º -«ºº·½·»²¬ ³¿¬»®·¿´ ·- ¿ª¿·´¿¾´»ô ¿½½»°¬¿¾´» «²¼»®½«¬ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ©¸·´» ³¿·²¬¿·²·²¹ -°»½·³»² ¼·³»²-·±²-ò ëò Ì¸» ¼·¿³»¬»® ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬ °´«²¹»® -¸±«´¼ ¾» »¯«¿´ ¬± ±® »¨½»»¼ ¬¸» ©»´¼ ©·¼¬¸ò ×º ¬¸·- ®»¯«·®»³»²¬ ½¿²²±¬ ¾» ³»¬ô ¿ ¹®»¿¬»® ¬¸·½µ²»--ô Ìô ³¿§ ¾» ½¸±-»² ·² ¿½½±®¼¿²½» ©·¬¸ ¬¸» º±®³«´¿ ·² êòêòìò êò ß´´ ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ -«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ×¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´¿§ ±º ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ®±«¹¸²»-- ¾» ±®·»²¬»¼ °¿®¿´´»´ ¬± ¬¸» ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 6.6Transverse Face Bend and Root Bend Specimens (Pipe) 23 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» -°»½·³»² »¼¹»- ³¿§ ¾» ¬¸»®³¿´´§ ½«¬ô ¾«¬ ·² ¬¸·- ½¿-»ô ¿¬ ´»¿-¬ ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ ±º ³¿¬»®·¿´ -¸¿´´ ¾» ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» ¬¸»®³¿´´§ ½«¬ -«®º¿½»ò îò ×º ¬¸» ©»´¼ ¶±·²- ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´- ±º ¼·ºº»®»²¬ ¬¸·½µ²»--»-ô ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®»¼«½»¼ ¬± ¿ ½±²-¬¿²¬ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ¾¿-»¼ ±² ¬¸» ¬¸·²²»® ¾¿-» ³»¬¿´ò íò É»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ô ·º ¿²§ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ ®»³±ª»¼ º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Ú±® °»®º±®³¿²½» ¯«¿´·º·½¿¬·±²ô ·º -«ºº·½·»²¬ ³¿¬»®·¿´ ·- ¿ª¿·´¿¾´»ô ¿½½»°¬¿¾´» «²¼»®½«¬ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ©¸·´» ³¿·²¬¿·²·²¹ -°»½·³»² ¼·³»²-·±²-ò ìò ß´´ ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ -«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ×¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´¿§ ±º ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ®±«¹¸²»-- ¾» ±®·»²¬»¼ °¿®¿´´»´ ¬± ¬¸» ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 6.7Longitudinal Face Bend and Root Bend Specimen (Plate) óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 24 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» ¾¿½µ·²¹ -¸¿´´ ¾» íñè ·² ¾§ î ·² øïð ³³ ¾§ ëð ³³÷ ³·²·³«³ «²´»-- ¬¸» ¬»-¬ ©»´¼ ·- ¬± ¾» ·²-°»½¬»¼ ®¿¼·±¹®¿°¸·½¿´´§ô ·² ©¸·½¸ ½¿-» ¬¸» ¾¿½µ·²¹ ¾¿® -¸¿´´ ¾» íñè ·² ¾§ í ·² øïð ³³ ¾§ éê ³³÷ ³·²·³«³ò Ì¸» ¾¿½µ·²¹ ¾¿® -¸¿´´ ¾» ·² ·²¬·³¿¬» ½±²¬¿½¬ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ¾¿-» °´¿¬»ò îò Ì¸» ¬»-¬ °´¿¬» ´»²¹¬¸ Ôô -¸¿´´ ¾» -«ºº·½·»²¬ º±® ¬¸» ®»¯«·®»¼ ²«³¾»® ±º -°»½·³»²-ò Í°»½·³»²- -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ º®±³ ¬¸» ¬»-¬ °´¿¬»ò íò Ì¸» ©»´¼ ®»·²º±®½»³»²¬ ¿²¼ ¾¿½µ·²¹ ¾¿® -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ³»½¸¿²·½¿´´§ô º´«-¸ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ¾¿-» °´¿¬»ò ìò ß´´ ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ -«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ×¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´¿§ ±º ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ®±«¹¸²»-- ¾» ±®·»²¬»¼ °¿®¿´´»´ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 6.8Fillet Weld Root Bend Test Specimen 25 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» ¼·³»²-·±²ô Ìô ·- ¬¸» ¬¸·½µ²»-- ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬ -°»½·³»² ¿²¼ -¸¿´´ ¾» íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ «²´»-- ±¬¸»®©·-» -°»½·º·»¼ò îò Ú±® ¬¸» ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ ¾»²¼ ¬»-¬ô ¬¸» ´±²¹ ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»² -¸¿´´ ¾» °¿®¿´´»´ ¬± ¬¸» ©»´¼·²¹ ¼·®»½¬·±²ò Ú±® ¬¸» ¬®¿²-ª»®-» ¾»²¼ ¬»-¬ô ¬¸» ´±²¹ ¿¨·- -¸¿´´ ¾» °»®°»²¼·½«´¿® ¬± ¬¸» ©»´¼ ¼·®»½¬·±² ´»²¹¬¸ ±º ¬¸» ¬»-¬ -°»½·³»²ò íò Ì¸» ¿³±«²¬ ±º -«®º¿½·²¹ ©»´¼ ®»³±ª»¼ º®±³ ¬¸» º¿½»ó¾»²¼ -°»½·³»² -«®º¿½» -¸¿´´ ¾» ¬¸» ³·²·³«³ ²»½»--¿®§ ¬± ±¾¬¿·² ¿ -³±±¬¸ -«®º¿½»ò Ì¸» ³·²·³«³ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ±º -«®º¿½·²¹ ©»´¼ ¿º¬»® º·²·-¸·²¹ -¸¿´´ ¾» ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ò ìò ß´´ ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ -«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ×¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´¿§ ±º ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ®±«¹¸²»-- ¾» ±®·»²¬»¼ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò Figure 6.9Surfacing Weld Face Bend and Side Bend Specimen 26 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ êò ÞÛÒÜ ÌÛÍÌÍ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ó¿²¼®»´ ¼·¿³»¬»® -¸±©² ·- º±® ¿ ³¿¨·³«³ íñì ·² øïç ³³÷ ¬¸·½µ -°»½·³»²ò îò Ñ¬¸»® ¬¸·½µ²»--»- ±º ¾±¬¬±³ °´¿¬» ¿²¼ º·´´»¬ ©»´¼ ´»¹ -·¦» ³¿§ ¾» «¬·´·¦»¼ô °®±ª·¼»¼ ¬¸» ³¿²¼®»´ ¼·¿³»¬»® ¼±»- ²±¬ »¨½»»¼ í ¬·³»- ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»--ò ×² ¬¸»-» ½¿-»-ô ¬¸» -«°°±®¬ ½´»¿®¿²½» -¸±«´¼ ¾» ¬¸» ³¿²¼®»´ ¼·¿³»¬»® °´«- ¬©·½» ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»-- °´«ïñì ·² øê ³³÷ò íò Í«®º¿½» º·²·-¸ ±º ¬¸» ¬»²-·±² -«®º¿½» -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ìò Ú·´´»¬ ©»´¼ -·¦»ø-÷ -¸±«´¼ ¾» ëñïê ·² ¬± ïñî ·² øè ³³ ¬± ïí ³³÷ò Figure 6.10Longitudinal Guided Fillet Weld Bend Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 27 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 7. Fracture Toughness Tests ASTM Documents: 7.1 Scope ASTM A 370, Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products 7.1.1 This clause covers the fracture toughness testing of weldments. Methods include the Charpy V-Notch (Cv), the Dynamic Tear (DT), the Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness (KIc), Crack Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD), and the Drop Weight Nil-Ductility Temperature (DWNDT) Tests. ASTM E 23, Standard Methods for Notched Bar Impact Testing of Metallic Materials ASTM E 208, Standard Method for Conducting Drop-Weight Test to Determine Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature of Ferritic Steels 7.1.2 When a fracture toughness test is required, the preparation of the weld, the test specimen, and the test methods shall conform to this standard. ASTM E 399, Standard Test Method for LinearElastic Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness Klc of Metallic Materials 7.1.3 This standard is applicable to the following when specified: ASTM E 604, Standard Test Method for Dynamic Tear Testing of Metallic Materials (1) For qualification of materials, welding procedures, and welding personnel where a specified level of fracture toughness is required; ASTM E 1290, Standard Test Method for Crack-Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD) Fracture Toughness Measurement (2) For information, specification of acceptance and manufacturing quality control where a minimum criterion for fracture toughness is requested. Detailed discussion of the selection of test method and a specified minimum value in a specific case is beyond the scope of this standard; and ASTM E 1820, Standard Test Method for Measurement of Fracture Toughness ASTM E 1823, Standard Terminology Relating to Fatigue and Fracture Testing ASTM E 1921, Standard Method for Determination of Reference Temperature, To, for Ferritic Steels in the Transition Range. (3) Research and development. 7.1.4 When this standard is used the following information shall be furnished: 7.3 Summary of Method (1) The specific types and number of specimens required, 7.3.1 The method selected for fracture toughness testing shall be that required in the specification of a material, fabrication document, or as otherwise specified. (2) Base metal specifications/identification, 7.3.2 Specimens shall be removed from a weldment so that the results of the test are representative of the structural performance of the weld joint. (3) Filler material specification/identification, (4) The anticipated property values and whether they are maximum or minimum requirements, óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (5) Location and orientation of the specimen and notch, 7.4 Significance (6) Joint geometry, 7.4.1 Fracture toughness testing provides a measure of resistance to unstable crack extension (i.e., fracture initiation), ductile tearing, or both. (7) Test temperature, and (8) Postweld thermal or mechanical treatments. 7.4.2 The welding process and welding procedure have a significant effect on the mechanical properties of a weld joint. If the fracture toughness of a weld joint sample is to be representative of its structural performance, the same welding process, procedure, and weld cooling rates as a function of distance and thickness must be used for the sample and the structure. 7.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 7.5 Apparatus ASME Documents: 7.5.1 The apparatus for conducting the various fracture toughness tests shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the following ASTM Standard Methods: ASME B46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay 28 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ (2) Charpy V-notch, E 23, except that values up to and including 100% of the testing machine capacity shall be accepted and reported as fracture energy if the specimen breaks. The full machine capacity followed by a plus sign (+), shall be reported if the specimen is not broken. All these results may be used to calculate the average energy absorbed provided the minimum average required for acceptance is within the verified range of the machine; (1) Charpy V-notch, E 23; (2) Dynamic Tear, E 604; (3) Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness, E 399; (4) Drop-weight Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature, E 208; (5) J1C, A Measure of Fracture Toughness, E 813; and (6) Crack-Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD) Fracture Toughness, E 1290. (3) Dynamic Tear, E 604; (4) Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness, E 399; 7.6 Specimens (5) Drop-Weight Nil-Ductility Transition Temperature, E 208; 7.6.1 Sufficient information shall be provided to properly locate specimens and weld joint; the orientation of the weld joint shall also be identified. (6) J1C A Measure of Fracture Toughness, E 1820; and 7.6.2 Test specimens shall not contain metal that has been affected thermally as a result of cutting or preparation. (7) Crack-Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD) Fracture Toughness, E 1290. 7.6.3 Unless otherwise specified, the nominal dimensions, orientation and notch location of specimens shall be that shown in Figures 7.1 through 7.6, respectively. Working drawings are provided in the referenced documents. 7.8 Report 7.8.1 In addition to the requirements of applicable documents, the report shall include the following: 7.6.4 Unless otherwise specified, the weld metal width to specimen thickness relationship for the compact tension specimen shall be as shown in Figure 7.7. Weld metal test specimens shall be located in the weld joint as close to the weld face as possible to provide maximum weld metal area in the test specimens. A valid measure of the weld metal fracture toughness requires that the fracture surface be entirely within the weld metal. A different value of the fracture toughness may be obtained when the fracture surface includes the weld metal, heataffected zone (HAZ), and base metal. (1) Base metal specification; (2) Filler metal specification; (3) Welding procedure (process and parameters); (4) Joint geometry; (6) Specimen location, crack plane orientation, and machined notch position; (7) Type of test equipment; 7.6.5 When an evaluation of the base metal or HAZ or both is required, the location of the notch shall be specified. (8) Fracture appearance and location; (9) Test temperature; 7.7 Procedure (10) Energy absorbed (if applicable); and 7.7.1 Test specimen preparation and test procedure for measuring the fracture toughness of a weldment shall be in accordance with the following ASTM standard methods: (11) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimens or procedure. 7.8.2 Test data should be recorded on a Test Results Sheet similar to Figure 7.8. (1) Measurement of Fracture Toughness, E 1820; 29 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (5) Specimen type; ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÒÑÌÛ‰Ü·³»²-·±²¿´ Ì±´»®¿²½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿- º±´´±©-æ Ò±¬½¸ ´»²¹¬¸ ¬± »¼¹» ß¼¶¿½»²¬ -·¼»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ¿¬ Ý®±-- -»½¬·±² ¼·³»²-·±²Ô»²¹¬¸ ±º -°»½·³»² øÔ÷ Ý»²¬»®·²¹ ±º ²±¬½¸ øÔñî÷ ß²¹´» ±º ²±¬½¸ Î¿¼·«- ±º ²±¬½¸ Ò±¬½¸ ¼»°¬¸ Ú·²·-¸ ®»¯«·®»³»²¬- çðp o îp çðp o ïð ³·²«¬»oðòððí ·² øðòðéê ³³÷ õðô Šðòïðð ·² øõðô Šîòë ³³÷ oðòðíç ·² øï ³³÷ oïp oðòððï ·² øðòðîë ³³÷ oðòððï ·² øðòðîë ³³÷ êí ³·½®±·²½¸»- øïòë ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ ±² ²±¬½¸»¼ -«®º¿½» ¿²¼ ±°°±-·¬» º¿½»å ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î¿ ±² ±¬¸»® ¬©± -«®º¿½»- Figure 7.1Charpy V-Notch Impact Specimen óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 30 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 7.2Dynamic Tear Test Specimen, Anvil Supports, and Striker 31 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Figure 7.3Compact Tension Fracture Toughness Specimen 32 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ü·³»²-·±²- ¿ô Þ ¿²¼ É ¿®» ¬± ¾» ¼»¬»®³·²»¼ ·² ¿½½±®¼¿²½» ©·¬¸ ßÍÌÓ Û íççò îò Í«®º¿½»- ³¿®µ»¼ ß -¸¿´´ ¾» °»®°»²¼·½«´¿® ¿²¼ °¿®¿´´»´ ¿- ¿°°´·½¿¾´» ¬± ©·¬¸·² ðòððîÉ ¬±¬¿´ ·²¼·½¿¬±® ®»¿¼·²¹ øÌ×Î÷ò íò Ì¸» ·²¬»®-»½¬·±² ±º ¬¸» ½®¿½µ -¬¿®¬»® ¬·°- ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ¬©± -°»½·³»² º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» »¯«¿´´§ ¼·-¬¿²¬ º®±³ ¬¸» ¬±° ¿²¼ ¾±¬¬±³ »¼¹»- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»² ©·¬¸·² ðòððëÉò ìò ×²¬»¹®¿´ ±® ¿¬¬¿½¸¿¾´» µ²·º» »¼¹»- º±® ½´·° ¹¿¹» ¿¬¬¿½¸³»²¬ ¬± ¬¸» ½®¿½µ ³±«¬¸ ³¿§ ¾» «-»¼ò ëò ß¼¼·¬·±²¿´ -°»½·³»² ½±²º·¹«®¿¬·±²- ³§ ¾» º±«²¼ ·² ßÍÌÓ Û íççò êò Ì¸» ²±¬½¸ -¸±«´¼ ¾» °±-·¬·±²»¼ ·² ¬¸» ¿®»¿ ±º ¬¸» ©»´¼ ¬± ¾» ·²ª»-¬·¹¿¬»¼ò Ì¸» °±-·¬·±² ±º ¬¸» ³¿½¸·²»¼ ²±¬½¸ -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»½±®¼»¼ò ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Í°»½·³»² Ì§°» Ü·³»²-·±² ·² ø³³÷ Ìô ¬¸·½µ²»-- Ðóï Ü·³»²-·±²- Ðóî Ü·³»²-·±²- Ðóí Ü·³»²-·±²- ïòð øîë÷ð ðòéë øïç÷ ðòêî øïê÷ ïìòð øíëë÷ ëòð øïîë÷ ëòð øïîë÷ Éô ©·¼¬¸ íòë øçð÷ð îòð øëð÷ð îòð øëð÷ð ÜÔô ¼»°±-·¬ ´»²¹¬¸ ø¿°°®±¨·³¿¬»÷ îòë øêî÷ð ïòéë øìì÷ ïòéë øìì÷ Ôô ´»²¹¬¸ Figure 7.4Standard Drop Weight Nil-Ductility Temperature Test Specimen 33 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 7.5Orientation of Weld Metal Fracture Toughness Specimens in a Double-Groove Weld Thick Section Weldment Figure 7.6Crack Plane Orientation Code for Compact Tension Specimens from Welded Plate 34 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ Figure 7. 7Recommended Ratio of Weld Metal to Specimen Thickness for Weld-Metal Fracture Toughness Specimen (Compact Tension Specimen) óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 35 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ éò ÚÎßÝÌËÎÛ ÌÑËÙØÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÜÎÑÐ ÉÛ×ÙØÌ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ì±æ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬»æÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í°»½·³»² Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±¼»æ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì§°» ±º Í¬»»´ ¿²¼ Í°»½·º·½¿¬·±²æÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬æ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ñ®·»²¬¿¬·±²ñÔ±½¿¬·±²æ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í°»½·³»² Ì§°»æ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®»æ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬- ±º Ì»-¬æ Í°»½·³»² ï ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ î ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ í ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ì ÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»°±®¬»¼ ¾§æ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 7.8Suggested Data Sheet for Drop Weight Test 36 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Î»-«´¬- ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ èò ØßÎÜÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ 8. Hardness Tests mined load, into the surface of the test specimen and some measure of the resultant impression is expressed as a specific measure of hardness. 8.1 Scope 8.1.1 This clause covers the indentation hardness testing of welds. Test methods include the Brinell, Rockwell, Vickers, and Knoop hardness tests. 8.4 Significance. Hardness test provide quantitative data which can be compared, analyzed, and used in the design of welding procedures. Hardness tests may also be used in the analysis of weld failures. The Brinell (E10), Rockwell (E18), and Vickers (E92) tests produce relatively large indentations and are used for evaluating the weld joint and unaffected base metal. The microhardness tests, Knoop and Vickers (E384), which produce relatively small indentations, are widely used for hardness measurements in cross-sections of weld, heat-affected zones (HAZs), or extremely localized weld areas. 8.1.2 When hardness tests are required, test specimen preparation and testing procedures shall conform to the applicable hardness test method standard. 8.1.3 This standard does not specify acceptance criteria. 8.1.4 When this standard is used, the following information shall be furnished: (1) The specific type of test and number of specimens required, When selecting a hardness test method for use on weld overlays, the thickness of the weld overlays and the base metal must be within the thickness limits specified in the applicable ASTM standard test method for the particular hardness testing technique (for example, ASTM E 18 paragraph 6.3). (2) The specific location and orientation of test specimens, (3) The specific locations within a test specimen to be tested and number of (indentations) required and surface preparation, 8.5 Apparatus. The apparatus for conducting the various hardness tests shall be in accordance with one of the following applicable ASTM standard test methods: (4) Base metal specification/identification, and (5) Filler metal specification/identification. (1) Brinell, E 10; 8.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. (2) Rockwell, E 18; (3) Vickers, E 92; (4) Microhardness (Knoop and Vickers), E 384; or (5) Portable Hardness, E 110. 8.6 Specimens ASTM Documents: 8.6.1 All requirements of the applicable ASTM standard test method, except those modified by the following sections, shall apply. (1) ASTM E 3, Methods for Preparation of Metallographic Specimens 8.6.2 Brinell, Vickers, and Rockwell hardness test methods are generally used to evaluate unaffected base metal and weld metal, unless otherwise specified. In order to qualify as a valid weld metal hardness test, the edge of an impression shall be no closer than three times the major dimension of an indentation from the edge of the weld metal in the prepared specimen. (2) ASTM E 10, Standard Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials (3) ASTM E 18, Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials (4) ASTM E 92, Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials 8.6.3 Vickers and Knoop microhardness test methods are the recommended test methods for fine-scale traverse across single or multiple weld regions, unless otherwise specified. (5) ASTM E 110, Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Metallic Materials by Portable Hardness Testers 8.6.4 Hardness test should be performed on surfaces prepared in accordance with the applicable hardness test method standard. Weld-metal hardness tests are permitted only on weld joint cross sections or local areas of the weld reinforcement prepared before testing. (6) ASTM E 384, Standard Test Method for Microindentation Hardness of Materials 8.3 Summary of Method. A calibrated machine forces an indentor, of specified geometry and under a predeter- óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 37 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ èò ØßÎÜÒÛÍÍ ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 8.6.5 Applicable precautions described in the ASTM E 110 standard test method should be placed on the use of portable hardness test methods. (3) Type of welded joint or surfacing weld; 8.7 Procedure. Test procedures for measuring hardness in weldments shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the applicable ASTM Standard Test Method as listed in 8.5. (5) Type of test equipment; (4) Welding procedure (process and parameters); (6) Specimen location and orientation; (7) Hardness scale (Indenter type and load), when specified; 8.8 Report. In addition to the requirements of the applicable documents (see 8.2), the report shall include the following: (8) Location of impressions; (9) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimen or procedure; and (1) Base metal specification; (10) Test results. (2) Filler metal specification; 38 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 9. Break Tests (Nick and Fillet Weld) AWS Documents: AWS D10.12, Recommended Practices and Procedures for Welding Low Carbon Steel Pipe 9.1 Nick-Break Test API Documents:4 9.1.1 Scope (1) API 1104, Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities 9.1.1.1 This subclause covers nick-break testing of welds in pipe or plate. (2) API RP 1107, Recommended Pipe Line Maintenance Welding Practices 9.1.1.2 When a nick-break test is required, the preparation of the test specimens and the testing procedures shall conform to this standard. 9.1.3 Summary of Method 9.1.1.3 This standard does not specify requirements or acceptance criteria. 9.1.3.1 The specimen is fractured by one of the following three methods: 9.1.1.4 This standard is applicable to the following when specified: (1) Specimens are broken by supporting the ends and striking one side in the center with a hammer, or by supporting one end and striking the other end with a hammer; (1) Qualification of materials, welding personnel, and welding procedures; (2) Specimens are loaded in tension on a testing machine until fracture occurs; or (2) Information, basis for inspection, and fabrication quality control when acceptance criteria have been established; and (3) Specimens are broken by supporting one end and applying load at other end of the specimen. (3) Research and development. 9.1.4 Significance 9.1.1.5 When this standard is used, the following information shall be furnished: 9.1.4.1 The nick-break test is used to evaluate the proper technique and welding parameters necessary to obtain sound groove or fillet welded joints in pipe or plate. The nick-break test is also used, on occasion, to verify (by destructive testing) results obtained by nondestructive techniques. (1) Welding procedure (process and parameters) used, (2) The specific tests and the number of specimens that are required, 9.1.4.2 Nick-break tests are used to evaluate flash butt welds, pressure welds, or inertia (friction) welds. (3) Base metal specification/identification, (4) Position of welding, 9.1.4.3 No significance is attached to the magnitude of the load required for fracture. (5) Filler metal specification/identification (when used), 9.1.5 Apparatus (6) Location and orientation of the specimens, 9.1.5.1 Apparatus shall be capable of firmly supporting the specimen on one or both ends when fractured by use of a hammer (see Figures 9.1.1, 9.1.2, and 9.1.3). (7) Whether external weld reinforcement is to be notched, (8) Manner of breaking specimen, 9.1.5.2 Tests may also be performed either by loading in tension or three point bending. (9) Report form including type of data and observations to be made, and 9.1.6 Specimens (10) Acceptance criteria. 9.1.6.1 Specimens from Butt Welds. Nick-break specimens shall be prepared by cutting the joint and the base metal to form a rectangular cross section. The specimens may be either machine cut or flame cut. Edges shall be relatively smooth and parallel and shall be 9.1.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 4 API standards are published by the American Petroleum Institute, 2101 L Street, Northwest, Washington, DC 20037. 39 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé (3) Plate fillet welded joints are tested by machinecut or flame-cut specimens from a lap joint design shown in Figure 9.1.8. The specimens should be approximately 3 in (76 mm) wide and 6 in (152 mm) long and notched as shown in Figure 9.1.8. notched with a hacksaw or band saw or thin abrasive wheel (disc). Notches are located as shown in Figure 9.1.4. 9.1.6.2 Full-Sized Specimens. Small weld assemblies may be tested in their entirety using the complete assembly as the specimen. In those cases, the assembly shall be notched at the weld edges to a depth of approximately 1/8 in (3 mm) and across the reinforcement to a depth of approximately 1/16 in (1.6 mm) similar to that shown in Figure 9.1.4. These may be modified to suit individual assemblies, but the specimen configuration must be reported. 9.1.7 Procedure 9.1.7.1 The specimens shall be broken by supporting the ends and striking or applying a load to the opposite side, by supporting one end and striking the other end with a hammer or by pulling in a tensile machine. When a hammer is used to fracture the specimen, one side is hit twice and then the specimen is turned 180° and the other side is hit twice. This procedure is continued until the specimen is broken. 9.1.6.3 Specimens from Flash Butt Welds. Nickbreak specimens shall be prepared by cutting the joint and base metal to form a rectangular cross section. The specimens shall be as shown in Figure 9.1.5 and may either be machine or flame cut or cut by other suitable means. 9.1.7.2 After breaking, the fractured faces (in the asbroken condition) of the specimen shall be examined visually for discontinuities, usually, for incomplete joint penetration, incomplete fusion, porosity, cracks, and slag inclusions. The presence of any of these or other observed discontinuities shall be reported. The size, spacing, and number of the observed discontinuities should be reported, if observed. If any of these discontinuities exceed the specified limits, this should also be reported. The sides of the specimen may be macroetched to locate the bond line. The sides of the specimen shall be notched along the bond line with a hacksaw, band saw, thin abrasive wheel (disk) or by other suitable means. Each notch shall be approximately 1/8 in (3 mm) deep, however, the depth of the notch shall not exceed 10% of the weld thickness. The weld reinforcement need not be removed prior to notching. If the reinforcement will be removed for service, but remain for testing, the notch shall extend through the thickness of the reinforcement and into the weld to a depth in the weld not exceeding 10% of the weld thickness. If the reinforcement will remain on the weld in service, the depth of the notch from the reinforcement surface shall not exceed 10% of the weld thickness (see Figure 9.1.5). 9.1.8 Report. In addition to reporting the test results as required by the applicable documents, the report shall also include the following: (1) Base metal specification; (2) Filler metal specification; (3) Welding procedure (process and parameters); óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 9.1.6.4 Specimens from Fillet Welds. There are different types of nick-break test specimens for testing fillet welded joints. (4) Testing procedure; (5) Fracture appearance; (1) Pipe branch connections are tested using machine-cut or flame-cut specimens from the crotch areas and 90° from crotch (point) areas as shown in Figure 9.1.6. The specimens should be approximately 2 in (50 mm) wide and 3 in (76 mm) in length and notched as shown in Figure 9.1.6. (6) Number, type, size, and location of inclusions or discontinuities in the fracture surface; and (7) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimen or procedure. 9.1.9 Commentary. There may be other AWS and ISO nick-break tests available that evaluate welding technique and parameters in pipe, plate, flash butt, and pressure welds and these may be used if required by the specification or by agreement between the contracting parties. (2) Pipe sleeve type connections (Figure 9.1.7) are tested using machine-cut or flame-cut specimens equally spaced around the circumference. The specimens should be at least 3 in (76 mm) wide and 6 in (152 mm) long and notched as shown in Figure 9.1.7. 40 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 9.1.1Nick-Break Testing Fixture Made Out of 6 in (152 mm) Pipe 41 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ Figure 9.1.2Nick-Break Test Using Vise Figure 9.1.3Testing of Fillet Weld Specimens 42 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 9.1.4Nick-Break Test Specimen 43 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 9.1.5Specimen for Flash Butt Welds 44 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ 45 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 9.1.6Specimens for Nick-Break Test of Branch Joint Connections ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ Figure 9.1.7Pipe Sleeve Test Specimen 46 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ Figure 9.1.8Fillet Welded Plate Specimens óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 47 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 9.2 Fillet Weld Break Test inspection requirements of the applicable code or standard. 9.2.1 Scope 9.2.6.3 Fillet Weld Break: Galvanized Procedure Qualification. The fillet weld break specimen shall be welded over galvanized material and prepared for test as shown in Figure 9.2.3. The weld shall present a reasonably uniform appearance and shall meet the visual inspection requirements of the applicable code or standard. 9.2.1.1 This subclause covers the fillet weld soundness test procedures, test parameters, and methods of obtaining data and the observations usually required, but does not specify the requirements or acceptance criteria. When this standard is used as a portion of a standard or detail specification, the following information should be furnished: 9.2.6.4 Fillet Break: Welder Qualification. The fillet weld break specimen for welder qualification shall be welded and prepared as shown in Figure 9.2.4. The weld shall meet the visual requirements of the applicable code or standard. (1) The specific tests and the number of specimens that are required, (2) Specific orientation of specimens within the weld sample, 9.2.6.5 Fillet Break: Tack Welder Qualification. The uncoated fillet weld break specimen for tack welder performance qualification shall be welded and prepared for test as shown in Figure 9.2.5. The weld shall present a reasonably uniform appearance and shall meet the visual inspection requirements of the applicable code or standard. (3) The type of data required and observations to be made, (4) The limiting numerical values, and (5) The interpretation, if any, of the data and observations. 9.2.2 Summary of Method. One leg of a T-joint is bent upon the other so as to place the root of the weld in tension. The load is maintained until the legs of the joint come into contact with each other or the joint fractures. 9.2.7 Procedure. A force as shown in Figure 9.2.6 or other forces causing the root of the weld to be in tension shall be applied to the specimen. The load shall be increased until the specimen fractures or bends flat upon itself. If the specimen fractures, the fracture surfaces shall be examined visually to the criteria of the applicable standard. 9.2.3 Significance. The purpose of this test is to determine the soundness of fillet welded joints. This test is qualitative in nature with acceptance determined by the extent and nature of any flaws present. 9.2.8 Report. In addition to requirements of the applicable documents, the report shall include the following: 9.2.4 Definitions and Symbols. Unless otherwise noted, the following designations are used: (1) Base metal specification and applied coating specification; = maximum size single pass fillet to be used in production t = plate thickness S (2) Filler metal specification; (3) Fillet weld size; 9.2.5 Apparatus. The apparatus used shall be capable of firmly holding the specimen and applying the required force. (4) Welding procedure (process and parameters); (5) Specimen type; 9.2.6 Specimens (6) Fracture appearance; 9.2.6.1 Fillet Weld Break: Procedure Qualification. The uncoated fillet weld break specimen shall be welded and prepared for the test shown in Figure 9.2.1. The weld shall meet the as-welded visual inspection requirements of the applicable code or standard. (7) Number, type, size, and locations of visible inclusions or discontinuities; and 9.2.6.2 Fillet Weld Break: Primer Coated Procedure Qualification. The fillet weld break specimen shall be welded over primer-coated material and prepared for test as shown in Figure 9.2.2. The weld shall present a reasonably uniform appearance and shall meet the visual 9.2.9 Commentary. There may be other AWS and ISO fillet weld break tests available that evaluate the qualitative soundness of fillet welded joints and these may be used if required by the specification or by agreement between the contracting parties. (8) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimens or procedure. 48 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ð±-·¬·±²- ¯«¿´·º·»¼ -¸¿´´ ¾» ·² ¿½½±®¼¿²½» ©·¬¸ ¿°°´·½¿¾´» ½±¼» ±® -¬¿²¼¿®¼ò îò Ì»-¬ ¿--»³¾´§ ³¿§ ¾» ½«¬ ·²¬± -¸±®¬»® ´»²¹¬¸- ¿º¬»® ©»´¼·²¹ ¬± º¿½·´·¬¿¬» ¬»-¬·²¹ò íò Ð´¿¬» ¬¸·½µ²»--ô ¬ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ³¿¨·³«³ «-»¼ ·² °®±¼«½¬·±² ±® íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ô ©¸·½¸»ª»® ·- ´»--ò ìò Íô ³¿¨·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² -·²¹´» °¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-å ¿²¼ Íô ³·²·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² ³«´¬·°¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-ò óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 9.2.1Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Procedure Qualification Ò±¬»-æ ïò Þ¿-» °´¿¬» -¸±«´¼ ¾» -¿³» ¹®¿¼» ¿²¼ -°»½·º·½¿¬·±² ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¿- ¬¸¿¬ «-»¼ ·² °®±¼«½¬·±²ò îò Þ¿-» °´¿¬» -¸¿´´ ¾» °®·³»® ½±¿¬»¼ ¬± ³¿¨·³«³ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ©¸·½¸ ©·´´ ¾» ¿°°´·»¼ ·² °®±¼«½¬·±²ò íò Ì¸» º·®-¬ -·¼» ©»´¼ -¸¿´´ ¾» ®»³±ª»¼ ¾§ ¹±«¹·²¹ ±® ³»½¸¿²·½¿´ ³»¿²- ¿²¼ ¬¸» -»½±²¼ -·¼» -¸¿´´ ¾» ¬»-¬»¼ò ìò ß´¬¸±«¹¸ »²¬·®» íê ·² øçïì ³³÷ ´»²¹¬¸ ·- ¬± ¾» ¬»-¬»¼ô ¬¸» ¬»-¬ ¿--»³¾´§ ³¿§ ¾» ½«¬ ·²¬± -¸±®¬»® ´»²¹¬¸- ¿º¬»® ©»´¼·²¹ ¬± º¿½·´·¬¿¬» º®¿½¬«®·²¹ º±® »¨¿³·²¿¬·±²ò ëò Ð´¿¬» ¬¸·½µ²»--ô ¬ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ³¿¨·³«³ «-»¼ ·² °®±¼«½¬·±² ±® íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ô ©¸·½¸»ª»® ·- ´»--ò êò Íô ³¿¨·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² -·²¹´» °¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-å ¿²¼ Íô ³·²·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² ³«´¬·°¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-ò Figure 9.2.2Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Primer Coated Materials 49 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ð´¿¬» ¬¸·½µ²»--ô ¬ô -¸¿´´ ¾» ³¿¨·³«³ «-»¼ ·² °®±¼«½¬·±² ±® íñè ·² øïð ³³÷ô ©¸·½¸»ª»® ·- ´»--ò îò Íô ³¿¨·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² -·²¹´» °¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-å ¿²¼ Íô ³·²·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² ³«´¬·°¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-ò íò ß´¬¸±«¹¸ »²¬·®» íê ·² øçïì ³³÷ ´»²¹¬¸ ·- ¬± ¾» ¬»-¬»¼ô ¬¸» ¬»-¬ ¿--»³¾´§ ³¿§ ¾» ½«¬ ·²¬± -¸±®¬»® ´»²¹¬¸- ¿º¬»® ©»´¼·²¹ ¬± º¿½·´·¬¿¬» º®¿½¬«®·²¹ º±® »¨¿³·²¿¬·±²ò ìò Ù¿´ª¿²·¦»¼ °´¿¬·²¹ -¸¿´´ ¾» ¬¸» -¿³» ¹®¿¼»ô -°»½·º·½¿¬·±²ô ¿²¼ ³¿¨·³«³ ¬¸·½µ²»-- ¿- ¬¸¿¬ «-»¼ ·² °®±¼«½¬·±²ò Figure 9.2.3Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Galvanized Materials Ò±¬»-æ ïò Í¬±° ¿²¼ ®»-¬¿®¬ ²»¿® ½»²¬»®ò îò Ë²´»-- ±¬¸»®©·-» -°»½·º·»¼ô -°»½·³»² ¬¸·½µ²»-- ¿²¼ ¼·³»²-·±²- ¿®» ³·²·³«³ò íò Íô ³¿¨·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² -·²¹´» °¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-å ¿²¼ Íô ³·²·³«³ ©»´¼ -·¦» ±² ³«´¬·°¿-- °®±¼«½¬·±² º·´´»¬ ©»´¼-ò Figure 9.2.4Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Welder Qualification óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 50 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ çò ÞÎÛßÕ ÌÛÍÌÍ øÒ×ÝÕ ßÒÜ Ú×ÔÔÛÌ ÉÛÔÜ÷ Figure 9.2.5Fillet Weld Break Specimen for Tack Welder Qualification óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 9.2.6Method of Testing Fillet Weld Break Specimen 51 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10. Weldability Testing óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Within these limitations, weldability testing can provide valuable data on new alloys, welding procedures and welding processes. Numerous weldability tests have been devised all of which can be classified as either simulated tests or actual welding tests. The term weldability is the capacity of material to be welded under the imposed fabrication conditions into a specific, suitably designed structure and to perform satisfactorily in the intended service. There are many variables in the design, fabrication and erection of real structures as these affect the metallurgical response to welding. No single test or combination of tests can duplicate the conditions of a real structure. Laboratory weldability tests can only provide an index to compare different metals, procedures and processes. The tests included in this clause are the Controlled Thermal Severity (CTS) Test, Cruciform Test, Implant Test, Lehigh Restraint Test, Varestraint Test, Oblique YGroove Test, Welding Institute of Canada (WIC) Test, Trough Test, and the Gapped Bead On Plate (GBOP) Test. Their applications are summarized below: É»´¼¿¾·´·¬§ Ì»-¬·²¹ Ó»¬¸±¼Weldability Tests Application Controlled Thermal Severity (CTS) Test Assesses the effect of chemical composition and cooling rate on hardness and hydrogenassisted cracking susceptibility. Cruciform Test Assesses hydrogen-assisted cracking in fillet welding applications. Implant Test Measures susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking in HAZ of weldment. Lehigh Restraint Test Characterizes the degree of restraint necessary to produce weld metal cracking. Varestraint Test Assesses hot cracking susceptibility. Oblique Y-Groove Test Assesses susceptibility to weld and HAZ cracking. Welding Institute of Canada (WIC) Test Assesses weld and HAZ cracking. Trough Test Assesses susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking. Gapped Bead On Plate (GBOP) Test Assesses susceptibility to weld metal cracking. 52 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ 10.1 Controlled Thermal Severity (CTS) Test ASME Documents: ASME B46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay 10.1.1 Scope 10.1.3 Summary of Method 10.1.1.1 The Controlled Thermal Severity (CTS) test is used for measuring the susceptibility of weld metal and heat-affected zone (HAZ) to cracking. Cooling rate is controlled through welding heat input, plate thickness, and the number of thermal paths available. The fixture is shown in Figure 10.1.1. 10.1.3.1 The CTS test is based on the theory that HAZ cracking will occur independently of external restraint. Cracking is thought to happen when cooling at the start of the austenite to martensite transformation exceeds a critical rate. The test is designed to provide known degrees of thermal severity approximating those seen in common structural joint design and plate thickness. While the primary application is to evaluate base metal composition, the test may also be used to evaluate the effects of welding consumables, heat input, or preheat and postweld heat treatments as well as other process variables. The test evaluates the effects of HAZ cooling rate rather than external restraint. 10.1.3.2 The thermal severity of a welded joint depends upon the heat input of the weld and the combined cross-sectional area of the paths through which heat can flow away from the joint. Heat flow from a joint in which there is one path through which heat can flow is termed a unithermal flow. Unithermal flow through one section of 1/4 in (6 mm) plate is assigned a Thermal Severity Number (TSN) of 1. 10.1.1.2 This test is applicable to the following: (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures where specific acceptance criteria have been specified, and 10.1.3.3 The test specimen consists of two plates (one square and one rectangular) bolted together as shown in Figure 10.1.2. All dimensions except plate thickness are fixed. Two anchor welds are made as shown in the figure to provide additional restraint. (2) Research and development. 10.1.1.3 This test is restricted to base materials thicker than 1/4 in (6 mm). 10.1.3.4 Two test fillet welds are made in the flat position. The specimen is allowed to cool by placing the specimen in the water bath as shown in Figure 10.1.3. 10.1.1.4 When this standard is specified, the following information shall be furnished: (1) Base metal specification/identification; 10.1.3.5 The test welds are sectioned and examined for cracks. Hardness measurements may also be made. (2) Base metal heat treatment; 10.1.4.1 This test is used to evaluate weld metal and HAZ susceptibility to cracking under the most common thermal flow conditions. (4) Base metal rolling direction, if possible; (5) Filler metal specification/identification and diameter; 10.1.5 Definitions and Symbols (6) Type and flow rate of any shielding gas used; 10.1.5.1 Unless otherwise stated the following designations are also used. (7) All welding parameters necessary to define the procedure and the resulting heat input; tt = the thickness of the top (square) plate tb = the thickness of the bottom (rectangular) plate (8) Any preheat, interpass temperature control, or postweld heat treatment to be used; and 10.1.5.4 The thermal severity number is a number used to quantify the thermal severity of the joint tested. The number is determined from the following formula: (9) Report form including the type of data and observations to be made. TSNtri-thermal = 4(t t + 2t b) 10.1.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. where TSNtri-thermal = thermal severity number for tri-thermal heat flow, t t = thickness of the top (square) plate, and t b = thickness of the bottom (rectangular) plate. 53 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 10.1.4 Significance (3) Base metal thickness and/or the Thermal Severity Number(s) (TSN) to be tested; ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10.1.6 Apparatus 10.1.8 Procedure 10.1.6.1 A simple fixture is required to hold the specimen so that the test welds can be made in the flat position. Contact between the specimen and conductive materials must be minimized throughout the test. 10.1.8.1 Test welds are deposited in the flat position using fixturing that minimizes contact between the specimen and thermally conductive surfaces. Between test welds, the specimen shall be allowed to cool by placing the specimen in the water bath as shown in Figure 10.1.3. The test welds are to be single pass fillet welds extending the full length of the top plate. Actual voltage, current, and travel speed shall be recorded. 10.1.6.2 Metallographic equipment is required for polishing and etching sections of the test weld. 10.1.6.3 Microhardness apparatus is required if hardness tests are specified. 10.1.8.2 Any postweld heat treatment shall be accomplished immediately after deposition the test welds. 10.1.7 Specimens 10.1.8.3 The test welds are sectioned as shown in Figure 10.1.4. These are examined metallographically for cracks. 10.1.7.1 Test specimen components are shown in Figure 10.1.2. 10.1.7.2 The cooling bath arrangement is shown in Figure 10.1.3. 10.1.8.4 Hardness tests may be measured in the weld metal and the HAZ (optional) as shown in Figure 10.1.5. 10.1.7.3 Minimum plate thickness is 1/4 in (6 mm). 10.1.9 Report. An example of a suggested data sheet for CTS test results is shown in Figure 10.1.6. 10.1.7.4 The mating surfaces of the plates are to be ground to provide intimate contact between these parts. 10.1.10 Commentary. A series of CTS tests may be designed to evaluate the relationships between test parameters such as TSN, heat input, filler metal, or process. Commonly, all test parameters but one are held constant. Examples of test series interpretation are: 10.1.7.5 The surfaces of the top plate on which test welds are to be deposited are to be machined. 10.1.7.6 Rolling direction shall be identified if possible. (1) TSN at which cracking occurs for a given base metal, heat input, and welding procedure; 10.1.7.7 Plates are bolted together as shown in Figure 10.1.2 and anchor welds are deposited. The size of the anchor welds should be as given below: Weld Size in. (mm) <5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 1/4 (6)0 1/2 (13) (3) Base metal variable (chemistry, heat treatment, etc.) at which cracking occurs for a given TSN, heat input, and welding process. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Plate Thickness in (mm) (2) The heat input at which cracking occurs for a given base metal, welding process, and TSN; and 54 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.1.1Fixture Used to Position CTS Specimen for Welding 55 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ò±¬»-æ ïò É»´¼- ¿®» °´¿½»¼ ±² -·¼»- ±°°±-·¬» ½±±´·²¹ ¾¿¬¸ò îò Ó¿¬·²¹ -«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò Figure 10.1.2CTS Test Specimen 56 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Ì¸» -°»½·³»² »²¼ ¬¸¿¬ ·- ·³³»®-»¼ ·² ¬¸» ©¿¬»® ½±±´·²¹ ¾¿¬¸ ·- ¿´©¿§- ±°°±-·¬» ¬± ¬¸» »²¼ ½±²¬¿·²·²¹ ¬¸» ¬»-¬ ©»´¼ ¾»·²¹ ½±±´»¼ò îò É¿¬»® ¼»°¬¸ øÜ÷ -¸±«´¼ ¾» îóïñî ·² øêí ³³÷ò Figure 10.1.3Cooling Bath Arrangement for CTS Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 57 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.1.4Sectioning of CTS Specimen Figure 10.1.5Typical Location of Microhardness Impressions 58 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ÝÌÍ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ Í°»½·º·½¿¬·±²ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì¸·½µ²»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»¼«®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬ É»´¼ Î»-¬®¿·²·²¹ É»´¼ Û´»½¬®±¼»ñÉ·®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³³»®½·¿´ Ü»-·¹²¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿µ·²¹ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿-ñÚ´«¨ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ù¿- Ú´±© Î¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú´«¨ Í·¦» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«®®»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð®»¸»¿¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê±´¬¿¹» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±-¬©»´¼ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±´¿®·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ø«³·¼·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É¿¬»® Þ¿¬¸ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø§¼®±¹»² Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬-æ É»´¼ñÚ¿½»ñ Ú¿½» Ò±ò Ó»¿² Ô»¹ Ô»²¹¬¸ Ý®¿½µ Ô»²¹¬¸ Î»-«´¬ øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ø¿®¼²»--ô ØÊ ØßÆ ÉÓ ÞÓ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.1.6Suggested Data Sheet for CTS Test 59 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÌÛÍÌ ÉÛÔÜ ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10.2 Cruciform Test 10.2.3 Summary of Method. Figures applicable to this test method are shown in Figures 10.2.1 through 10.2.7. 10.2.1 Scope 10.2.3.1 The test specimen consists of three plates tack welded at their ends to form a double T-joint (Figure 10.2.1). A variation of this test called the slotted cruciform may also be evaluated. In this variation of the cruciform test, the attached plate (plate B or C) contains longitudinal and transverse notches that are machined on the edge of the plate as shown in Figure 10.2.3. 10.2.1.1 The cruciform test is used to measure the susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking of steel weldments, primarily focusing on fillet welds. While primary application is to evaluate base-metal composition, the test also may be used to evaluate the effects of welding consumables, welding heat input and preheating, postheating, or both, on cracking susceptibility. 10.2.3.2 A single or multipass fillet weld is deposited in succession in each of the four T-joints. Each test weld is allowed to cool to ambient temperature prior to depositing the subsequent weld. After the fourth weld is completed, the specimen is given any specified postweld treatment. 10.2.1.2 This standard is applicable to the following: (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures where specific acceptance standards have been specified; (2) Information, basis of acceptance, or manufacturing and quality control; and (1) The test shall not be used for base metal less than 3/8 in (10 mm) thick, and 10.2.3.3 The completed welds are examined visually for any external cracks. The standard cruciform specimen is sectioned transversely for metallographic examination for hydrogen cracks. The slotted cruciform specimen is sectioned longitudinally and transversely for metallographic examination for hydrogen cracks as shown in Figure 10.2.2. (2) Close control of the welding parameters is required as the results of this test may be affected more by differences in parameters than in cracking susceptibility. 10.2.3.4 Some additional longitudinal sectioning will also be required for portions of the slotted cruciform as discussed in 10.2.3.6. 10.2.1.4 The following information shall be furnished: 10.2.3.5 The recommended base plate thickness for the slotted cruciform test specimen is 3/4 in (19 mm). Thicker plate may also be used (depending on the application being simulated). The two surfaces of the continuous plate are ground to bright metal prior to assembly. The mating edges of the attached plates B and C are machined flat prior to assembly. This is essential to insure intimate contact and good heat transfer between these surfaces during welding of the assembled specimen. For the slotted cruciform test, notches (or slots) are machined on the edge of one of the attached plates as shown in Figure 10.2.3. The assembly is tack welded together prior to the test. (3) Research and development. 10.2.1.3 The use of this test is restricted as follows: (1) Welding procedure (process and parameters); (2) Base-metal specification/identification and actual chemical composition; (3) Filler metal specification/identification, size, and any prewelding treatment, e.g., baking time and temperature; (4) Appropriate preheating postheating treatments used; (5) Acceptance criteria, if applicable; and (6) The number of cross sections to be examined. 10.2.3.6 Sectioning for the slotted cruciform will involve sectioning transverse to the direction of welding for the longitudinal notches and parallel to the direction of welding for the transverse notches. Schematic illustrations of the sectioning for the longitudinal and transverse notches are given in Figures 10.2.4 and 10.2.5. The cut for the transverse notch is shown in Figure 10.2.5. The cut for the longitudinal notch is shown in Figure 10.2.4. 10.2.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 10.2.3.7 For the standard cruciform specimen, sections (Figure 10.2.2) are cut transversely from the test weldments. For the slotted cruciform specimen, sections (Figure 10.2.6) are cut longitudinally and transversely. Use of a watercooled cut-off wheel is recommended where practical. AWS Documents: AWS A4.3, Standard Methods for Determination of the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 60 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ 10.2.4 Significance. This test is relatively severe for detecting hydrogen cracks. As a result, the test may be more sensitive to variations in the welding conditions than to any differences in the cracking susceptibility of the base metals being examined. Therefore, the welding conditions must be very closely controlled to avoid any variations that may lead to incorrect results. Multiple specimens are required to help assure reliable measurement of the cracking susceptibility. 10.2.7.5 If the welding procedure requires preheating, the specimen shall be preheated before depositing each test weld. If postweld heat treatment is required, this treatment shall be applied to the test weldment immediately after completion of welding and before cooling to ambient temperatures unless specifically required by the weld procedure to cool the weldment prior to postweld heat treatment. If no postweld heat treatment is required, the as-welded specimen shall be aged at ambient temperatures for 48 h. 10.2.5 Apparatus. Evaluation for the presence of hydrogen cracks requires the use of metallographic equipment to section and prepare the specimen for examination. 10.2.7.6 After postweld heat treatment or aging, the test weldment is sectioned and examined for cracks. For standard cruciform specimens, sections (Figure 10.2.2) are cut transversely from the test weldment. For slotted cruciform specimens, sections (Figure 10.2.6) are cut longitudinally and transversely. Use of a water-cooled cut-off wheel is recommended where practical. Each section shall be identified as to its location in the test weldment. The four quadrants corresponding to the fabrication sequence shall be identified. No section shall be located closer than 1 in (25 mm) from the end of the test weld. 10.2.6 Specimens 10.2.6.1 The test specimen is shown in Figure 10.2.1. The minimum base-plate thickness is 3/8 in (10 mm) The two surfaces of Plate A and the mating edges of Plates B and C are ground smooth prior to assembly. This finish is essential to ensure intimate contact and good heat transfer between these surfaces during welding of the assembled specimen. The specimen is assembled and securely clamped. The plates are tack welded, and then the clamps are removed. 10.2.7.7 One face of each section shall be prepared with metallographic paper (240 grit or finer), etched and examined at 50X. The presence and location of any cracks shall be recorded. 10.2.6.2 The suggested dimensions of the specimen plates are as follows: Plate A: Length Width 12 in (305 mm) 6 in (152 mm) Plates B and C: Length Width 12 in (305 mm) 3 in (76 mm) 10.2.7.8 When the test is used to evaluate susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking, a diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed for each welding process and consumable in accordance with AWS A4.3. The diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed under the same conditions as the test weld. 10.2.8 Report. An example of a data sheet for cruciform test results is shown on Figure 10.2.7. 10.2.7 Procedure 10.2.7.1 Test welds are deposited in the sequence shown in Figure 10.2.1. All welding shall be done in the flat (1F) position using a mechanized process to maintain close control of the welding parameters. If the shielded metal arc process is used, it is recommended that the covered electrodes be fed into the arc mechanically rather than manually to maintain uniform parameters. 10.2.8.1 The test results that shall be reported are the following: (1) Base metal and filler metal identification and chemical composition, (2) Base metal (specimen) thickness, (3) Welding parameters, 10.2.7.2 All test welds are deposited in the same direction of travel. Each weld is made without any arc interruptions, and the craters at the ends of the test welds are filled before the arc is extinguished. The same welding parameters are used for each test weld, and each weld shall be of the same size. (4) Any preheating and/or postweld heat treatment, (5) Fillet weld size and weld bead size for multipass welds, (6) Identification of each section cut from the specimen and each test weld in the section, 10.2.7.3 In some situations, a multipass test weld may be desired. The sequence for depositing the individual passes of multipass weld is indicated in Figure 10.2.1. (7) Presence and location of any cracks in each test weld in each section, and (8) Results of diffusible hydrogen test, if available. 10.2.7.4 If weld metal cracking occurs in any of the test welds, the test shall be discontinued and the location and extent of cracking noted on the test record sheet. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 10.2.8.2 Test data should be recorded on a Test Results Sheet similar to Figure 10.2.7. 61 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Figure 10.2.1Cruciform Test Assembly 62 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.2.2Locations of Specimens for Examination of Cracks in Cruciform Test Figure 10.2.3Schematic Illustration of the Attached Plate in the Slotted Cruciform Specimen 63 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ò±¬»æ Ôñî ã Ø¿´º º·´´»¬ ©»´¼ ´»¹ ´»²¹¬¸ò Figure 10.2.5Sectioning for the Transverse Notch 64 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.2.4Sectioning for the Longitudinal Notch ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Figure 10.2.6Location of Metallographic Specimens for Examination of Cracks in the Slotted Cruciform Test 65 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÎËÝ×ÚÑÎÓ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì¸·½µ²»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»¼«®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Û´»½¬®±¼»ñÉ·®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³³»®½·¿´ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿µ·²¹ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú´±© Î¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ú´«¨ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú´«¨ Í·¦» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«®®»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð®»¸»¿¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê±´¬¿¹» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ×²¬»®°¿-- Ì»³°òÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±´¿®·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±-¬©»´¼ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß¹·²¹ Ì·³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬ É»´¼ Í·¦»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ø«³·¼·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò«³¾»® ±º É»´¼ Þ»¿¼- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø§¼®±¹»² Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼ Ð¿-- ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±²æ Î»-«´¬-æ É»´¼ñÍ»½¬·±² Ò±ò Î»-«´¬ øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ý®¿½µ Ô±½¿¬·±² ¿²¼ Ô»²¹¬¸ É»´¼ñÍ»½¬·±² Ò±ò Î»-«´¬ øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ý®¿½µ Ô±½¿¬·±² ¿²¼ Ô»²¹¬¸ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.2.7Suggested Data Sheet for Cruciform Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 66 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ 10.3 Implant Test AWS Documents: 10.3.1 Scope AWS A4.3, Standard Methods for Determination of the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding 10.3.1.1 The implant test is used to evaluate the susceptibility of low-alloy steels to hydrogen-assisted cracking. The test may be used to evaluate the effects on HAZ cracking susceptibility of welding consumables, welding heat input, preheating, postheating, or a combination of these parameters. 10.3.3 Summary of Method. Implant testing of welded joints is performed using a threaded rod welded into a closely fitted hole in the test plate. A tensile load is applied to the rod after welding. The load is maintained until failure or for 24 h. Failure at low stresses or short times is a qualitative indication of susceptibility to hydrogen-induced cracking. 10.3.1.2 This standard is applicable to the following: (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures where specific acceptance standards have been specified; 10.3.4 Significance 10.3.4.1 The implant test provides a measure of resistance to hydrogen-assisted cracking (cold cracking) in the HAZ of a weldment. (2) Information, basis of acceptance, or manufacturing and quality control; and 10.3.4.2 The implant test may be used to select the appropriate base metal/welding consumable combination to provide the desired cracking-resistance properties in the as welded condition. (3) Research and development. 10.3.1.3 This test is applicable only to HAZ cracking caused by hydrogen. 10.3.5 Apparatus 10.3.1.4 The following information shall be furnished: 10.3.5.1 Apparatus for the performance of this test must provide a means of applying and measuring a tensile load on the specimen and a means to record time to failure. If specified, a means to record acoustical emissions during the test shall be provided. (1) Base metal identification and specification; (2) Implant metal identification and specification; (3) Filler metal identification, specification, and classification; 10.3.5.2 The tensile load may be applied by a tensile testing machine, a hydraulic or mechanical mechanism, or the application of a known dead weight to the specimen. When direct measurement is used, the instrument used shall be calibrated in accordance with ASTM E 4. When a dead weight is used, the weight shall be calibrated in accordance with applicable national standards. (4) Specific type and number of specimens required; (5) Anticipated strength property values; (6) Weld procedure (process and parameters); and (7) Report form when required. 10.3.5.3 CAUTION: A restraining clamp shall be employed to prevent potentially hazardous elastic rebound of the implant specimen when failure occurs. 10.3.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 10.3.6 Specimens 10.3.6.1 The test specimen consists of a steel rod fitted into a clearance hole in the center of a specimen plate, with the top of the rod flush with the top of the surface of the specimen plate (see Figure 10.3.1). ASME Documents: ASME B46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay 10.3.6.2 The rod shall be between 1/4 in (6 mm) and 3/8 in (10 mm) in diameter and shall be either threaded or notched. The threaded rod is considered the preferable configuration. When threaded, the thread shall be a unified national fine (UNF) Class 1 thread, 9/16 in (14 mm) long, consistent with the diameter of the rod. The circular notch may be machined in the rod in lieu of the thread. ASTM Documents: ASTM E 4, Verification of Testing Machines ASTM E 8, Tension Testing of Metallic Materials 67 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (1) Base material specification, The notch is located so as to coincide with the coarsegrained HAZ below the weld. (2) Implant material specification, 10.3.6.3 The minimum recommended specimen plate dimensions are 6 in (152 mm) wide by 8 in (203 mm) long by 9/16 in (14 mm) thick. (3) Filler material specification/classification, (4) Welding procedure (process and parameters), 10.3.7 Procedure (5) Specimen type (implant and base plate), 10.3.7.1 The rod shall be positioned in the clearance hole in the specimen plate so that the top of the rod is flush with the surface of the plate. (6) Results of loading test: (a) Load applied, (b) Elapsed time to application to load, 10.3.7.2 A weld bead shall be deposited on the top of the specimen plate directly over the rod and hole. (c) Lower critical stress (if required), 10.3.7.3 The completed weldment shall be placed in the apparatus, and the load shall be applied within three minutes of the completion of welding. The elapsed time between the completion of welding and the application of the load shall be recorded. (d) Notch tensile stress (if required), (e) Location and time to fracture, and (f) Acoustical emissions (if required). (7) Ambient temperature, 10.3.7.4 The load shall be maintained until failure or for a minimum of 24 h. Time to failure may be recorded by any suitable means. (8) Relative humidity, (9) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the specimens or procedure, and 10.3.7.5 Notch tensile stress is equal to the load divided by the cross-sectional area of the implant. The area is determined by using the root diameter of the thread or notch. (10) Results of diffusible hydrogen test. 10.3.9 Commentary. If a series of tests over an appropriate stress range is made, the data may be plotted as stress versus time to failure, in order to obtain a curve similar to the one shown in Figure 10.3.2. The relative position of this curve is a measure of the hydrogenassisted cracking susceptibility of the tested base metal/ welding procedure combination. A number of variations of this test appear in the literature. The most common variation is the thread versus the notch, which are both permitted in this standard. Some researchers have cooled the weldment in water before loading but this practice does not seem to be prevalent, and the practice is not covered in this standard. Unified National Fine (Class 1) thread size is specified in an effort to standardize and facilitate this test. 10.3.7.6 The lower critical stress is the highest stress at which no failure occurs. 10.3.7.7 When the test is used to evaluate susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking, a diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed for each welding process and consumable in accordance with AWS A4.3. The diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed under the same conditions as the test weld. 10.3.8 Report. Test data should be recorded on a Test Results Sheet similar to Figure 10.3.3. In addition to the requirements of applicable documents (see 10.3.2), the report shall include the following for each specimen tested: 68 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ò±¬»æ Þ»¿¼ ±² °´¿¬» ©»´¼ ±ª»® -°»½·³»²ò Figure 10.3.1Implant Test Specimen and Fixture 69 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.3.2Typical Data for Implant Test Series 70 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ×ÓÐÔßÒÌ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì¸·½µ²»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬ Ð´¿¬» Í·¦» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ×³°´¿²¬ Ó»¬¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ù®±±ª» Ì§°» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ù®±±ª» Ü·³»²-·±²-ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ×³°´¿²¬ Ó»¬¿´ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Û´»½¬®±¼»ñÉ·®» Í°»½·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³³»®½·¿´ Ü»-·¹²¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿µ·²¹ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»¼«®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ù¿- Ú´±© Î¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ú´«¨ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú´«¨ Í·¦» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«®®»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê±´¬¿¹» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ø«³·¼·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±´¿®·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø§¼®±¹»² Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬-æ ß°°´·»¼ Ô±¿¼ Í°»½·³»² Ò±ò ´¾ò Ì·³»ô É»´¼ ¬± Ô±¿¼ ß°°´·½¿¬·±²ô -»½±²¼- µ¹ Ú®¿½¬«®» Ô±½¿¬·±² Ì·³» ¬± Ú®¿½¬«®»ô ¸®-æ³·² Ó»¬¸±¼ ±º Ú®¿½¬«®» Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ô±©»® Ý®·¬·½¿´ Í¬®»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò±¬½¸ Ì»²-·´» Í¬®»²¹¬¸ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.3.3Suggested Data Sheet for Implant Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 71 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10.4 Lehigh Restraint Test imen of the series is designed to provide a different amount of restraint to the test weld. 10.4.1 Scope 10.4.3.2 Each test weld is examined for the presence of weld metal cracks after the weld cools to room temperature. 10.4.1.1 The Lehigh restraint test is used to create quantitative data on solidification or hydrogen-assisted cracking susceptibility of deposited weld metal. The quantitative measure of weld crack susceptibility provided by this test is the degree of restraint required to produce a weld metal crack. 10.4.3.3 The maximum amount of restraint that is applied without the occurrence of weld metal cracking is deemed the index of crack susceptibility for the particular combination of base metal, filler metal and welding parameters. 10.4.1.2 This standard is applicable to the following: (1) Investigation of the cracking susceptibility of base plate and weld metal materials, and 10.4.4 Significance 10.4.4.1 This test is used to examine the susceptibility of deposited weld metal to solidification or hydrogenassisted cracking. The important variables that can be investigated using this test include the base-metal composition, the filler metal composition, preheating effect, welding heat input, weld-bead size, and shape. The test has been used primarily for investigating the effects of weld and base-metal composition on cracking susceptibility. (2) Research and development. 10.4.1.3 The use of this test is restricted as follows: (1) The test is applicable only to base plate materials, (2) A large amount of base metal is required, (3) A series of specimens must be tested to obtain a crack susceptibility index, and 10.4.5 Definitions and Symbols. Definitions for symbols used in 10.4 are as follows: (4) Significant specimen preparation is required. = distance from root of the saw cut slots to the specimen centerline 2I = level of restraint L = length of saw cut slot I 10.4.1.4 The following information shall be furnished: (1) Weld Procedure (process and parameters), (2) Base metal specification including actual chemical composition, 10.4.6 Apparatus. Evaluation for the presence of cracks may require the use of metallographic equipment to section the test weld and prepare the section for metallurgical examination. (3) Base metal thickness, (4) Filler metal specification and chemical composition of deposited weld metal, óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 10.4.7 Specimens (5) Report form including specific data to be recorded and observations to be made, and 10.4.7.1 The specimen configuration is shown in Figure 10.4.1. The test weld (a single pass) is deposited in the groove machined along the longitudinal centerline of an 8 in (203 mm) by 12 in (305 mm) plate of the material being examined. The weld is begun at one end of the groove and is deposited continuously to the other end of the groove. (6) Acceptance criteria (if any). 10.4.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 10.4.7.2 The restraint is provided by the mass of the plate surrounding the groove. The level of restraint is controlled by sawing slots along the sides and ends of the plate. So that each specimen of the series will provide a different level of restraint, each specimen will have slots of a different length (L in Figure 10.4.1). All slots along the sides of a given specimen will be the same length. The slots on the specimen ends will be shorter than the side slots, but all end slots will be of equal length. AWS Documents: AWS A4.3, Standard Methods for Determination of the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding 10.4.3 Summary of Method 10.4.7.3 The level of restraint is inversely proportional to the length of the slots and is expressed numerically as the distance between the ends of the slots (2I in 10.4.3.1 A test weld is deposited in a machined groove in a series of flat plate test specimens. Each spec- 72 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ 10.4.8.3 When the test is used to evaluate susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking, a diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed for each welding process and consumable in accordance with AWS A4.3. The diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed under the same conditions as the test weld. Figure 10.4.1). Thus, as the restraint is decreased by longer slots, the cracking index also decreases. The same effect could be obtained by using plates of decreasing size, but by varying the slot length, the cooling rate of the test weld will remain constant in all specimens of the series. 10.4.7.4 In typical series of test specimens, the specimen with the highest restraint will not have any slots. The lengths of the slots of each succeeding specimen of the series will be increased 1/4 in (6 mm) or 1/2 in (13 mm) to provide decreasing levels of restraint. 10.4.9 Report. Test data should be recorded on a Test Results Sheet similar to Figure 10.4.2. The test results that shall be reported include: (1) Base metal and filler metal identification, 10.4.8 Procedure (2) Base metal (specimen) thickness, 10.4.8.1 A series of specimens is welded with each specimen providing a different level of restraint to the test weld, i.e., each specimen will have slots of differing length. Usually, the first test weld is deposited in the specimen with the highest level of restraint (no peripheral slots). If this specimen cracks, another specimen that provides less restraint (longer slots) is welded. Sufficient specimens are welded each with a decreasing restraint level until a restraint level is reached at which no weldmetal cracking occurs. This level of restraint (2I) is reported as the cracking index of that particular combination of material compositions, welding parameters, etc. The cracking index is the level of restraint below which no cracking occurs. (3) Welding parameters, (4) Any preheating temperature and postweld heat treatment, (5) Weld-bead size and shape, (6) Presence and length of any weld-metal cracks at each level of restraint, (7) Cracking index, (8) Method of examination for the presence of cracks, and (9) Results of diffusible hydrogen tests, if available. 10.4.8.2 Examination for cracking usually can be done visually as the crack normally appears on the surface of the weld as the weld cools. If specified, the absence of a crack should be verified by using liquid penetrant or magnetic-particle inspection or by sectioning the weld, polishing the section surface, and examining this surface by low-power magnification. Examination for hydrogen cracks should be conducted after aging at ambient temperature for 24 h. 10.4.10 Commentary. There are other U.S. and ISO test methods available whose objectives are to evaluate the susceptibility of weld metal and consumables to cracking. This test method is unique in that it is intended to develop welding parameters and thermal treatments to establish the onset of weld metal cracking in medium and high strength alloy steel structures and components. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 73 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Figure 10.4.1Lehigh Restraint Weld-Metal Cracking Test Specimen 74 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ÔÛØ×ÙØ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì¸·½µ²»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»¼«®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Û´»½¬®±¼»ñÉ·®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³³»®½·¿´ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿µ·²¹ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú´±© Î¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ú´«¨ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú´«¨ Í·¦» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«®®»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð®»¸»¿¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê±´¬¿¹» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±-¬©»´¼ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±´¿®·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ø«³·¼·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼ Þ»¿¼ Í·¦» ¿²¼ Í¸¿°» øº´¿¬ô ½±²½¿ª»ô ±® ½±²ª»¨÷ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø§¼®±¹»² Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬-æ Í°»½·³»² Ò±ò Î»-¬®¿·²¬ ×²¼»¨ Î»-«´¬ øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ý®¿½µ Ô»²¹¬¸ Ó»¬¸±¼ ±º Ý®¿½µ Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬·²¹ Ý®¿½µ·²¹ ×²¼»¨ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.4.2Suggested Data Sheet for Lehigh Test 75 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10.5 Varestraint Test 10.5.2 Summary of Method 10.5.1 Scope. The varestraint test is used to evaluate base-metal weldability and determine the influence of the welding variables on hot cracking of the base metal. A means is provided for augmenting conventional shrinkage strains to simulate the large shrinkage strains found in highly restrained production weldments. 10.5.2.1 The test is conducted by depositing a weld on a cantilevered specimen beginning at one end of the specimen (Figure 10.5.1). When the weld progresses along the centerline of the specimen to a predetermined point (A), the specimen is bent to conform to a curved die (B) as the arc continues to a location (C) near the end of the specimen. A series of decreasing radius dies is used to provide various magnitudes of strain, i.e., augmented tangential strain, to the solidifying weld in a corresponding series of test specimens. The strain that results in solidification cracking is an index of the crack susceptibility of the base metal. 10.5.1.1 This standard is applicable to the following: (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures, (2) Manufacturing quality control, and (3) Research and development. 10.5.2.2 After cooling, the surface of the weld is examined for the presence of cracks. Examination is done at a magnification of 40X to 80X, and the length and location of each crack is noted and recorded. The specimen may be sectioned and polished for a more accurate determination of the presence of cracks. 10.5.1.2 The use of this test is restricted as follows: (1) This test is used for base metal in the thickness range of 1/4 in (6 mm) to 1/2 in (13 mm). A variation of this test, called the mini-varestraint test, is used for base metal in the thickness range of 1/8 in (3 mm) to 1/4 in (6 mm); 10.5.2.3 A smaller scale test, called the minivarestraint test, is used to study the hot-crack susceptibility of expensive base metals or more common base metals in sheet thicknesses. This test utilizes a smaller test specimen [1 in (25 mm) wide I 6 in (152 mm) long] and correspondingly smaller test equipment. The minivarestraint test may not be practical for thicker material since its testing apparatus may not have the loading capacity to bend the thicker material. (2) Specialized equipment for testing (see Figure 10.5.1) and specimen examination is required; (3) Welding usually is done by the mechanized gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) process to minimize variables in the welding parameter and testing results; and (4) Specimens are tested under laboratory conditions. Shop floor or field examination of specimens may not be practical. 10.5.3 Significance. The varestraint test is used for the analytic investigation of the hot-crack sensitivity of weld deposits, the effect of specific alloying elements on this sensitivity and the basic mechanisms of hot cracking. This test combines a direct correlation with actual fabrication behavior, reproducibility of results, an ability to differentiate between small differences in test and welding variables, and uses relatively small test plates. 10.5.1.3 The following information shall be furnished: (1) Weld procedure (process and parameters); (2) Number of specimens to be tested; (3) Orientation of specimens relative to the rolling direction of the base metal, if known; 10.5.4 Definitions and Symbols. Unless otherwise noted, the following designations are used: (4) Base-metal chemical composition; A = point of arc progression at which bending force is applied B = a series of decreasing radius die blocks C = location of termination of test weld e = augmented tangential strain (%) T = specimen thickness R = die block radius (5) Base-metal thickness; (6) Desired weld bead surface geometry (weld bead profile); (7) Specimen surface finish; (8) Value of augmented tangential strain (see 10.5.5.4); 10.5.5.1 The equipment required for conducting the varestraint test clamps one end of the flat specimen and provides a method for bending the specimen around a fixed curved die during welding. This concept is illus- (10) The rate of loading of the specimen during the test (if applicable). 76 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 10.5.5 Apparatus (9) Magnification to be used in examination for cracks; and ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ 10.5.7 Procedure trated in Figure 10.5.1. Curved dies having different radius are used while conducting a series of tests. Each specimen of the series is bent around a die having a smaller radius than the die used with the previous specimen. The tests are continued until the die radius is small enough to cause cracking. 10.5.7.1 The varestraint specimen is clamped in the test fixture. Auxiliary bending plates, when needed to facilitate bending, are clamped in the fixture with the specimen. The removable die block of the desired radius is fastened in the position shown in Figure 10.5.1. The arc is initiated on the centerline of the specimen, approximately 2 in (50 mm) from the specimens unclamped end. The bending force (F) is suddenly applied as the center of the arc passes Point A, which is near the point of tangency between the curved surface of the die block and the fixed end of the specimen. The specimen and auxiliary bending plates are bent downward until the specimen conforms to the radius of curvature of the top surface of the die block. The rate of arc travel is constant from its point of initiation to its point of termination in the runoff area at location C. 10.5.5.2 Localized bending in the vicinity of the molten weld puddle is avoided by using auxiliary bending plates to force the test specimen to conform to the die contour. These plates are clamped into the edges of the specimen and are bent along with the specimen. The plates are made from rolled steel; their size is 1/2 in (13 mm) thick by 2 in (50 mm) wide by 12 in (305 mm) long. These auxiliary plates are illustrated in Figure 10.5.2. Auxiliary plates used with the mini-varestraint test are 1/4 in (6 mm) thick. 10.5.5.3 The bending force may be applied either hydraulically or pneumatically. The design of the equipment and method for bending depends on the individual equipment builder. 10.5.7.2 The bending load and the shielding gas flow (if used) are maintained for five minutes after termination of the weld pass. The specimen then is removed from the fixture for examination. 10.5.5.4 The augmented tangential strain for given radius of curvature of the die block can be calculated from the following formula: 10.5.7.3 The following test parameters shall be maintained: (1) Number of Specimens. A minimum of three specimens shall be tested under the same conditions at each selected or required value of augmented tangential strain. T e = --------------------ø 2R + T ÷ where e = augmented tangential strain (%), T = specimen thickness, and R = die block radius. (2) Specimen Orientation. The specimen shall be taken from the base metal so that the 12 in (305 mm) dimension is parallel to the final direction of rolling or major working unless the specimen used is a casting or if service conditions in which a different orientation of rolling direction are to be simulated. The typical range of augmented tangential strain is 0% to 4%. The required die radius for a given value of augmented tangential strain can be calculated using the same equation. (3) Weld Geometry. The weld puddle geometry is kept constant when using the maximum crack length criterion [see 10.5.8.3(2)] for screening of materials. 10.5.5.5 Die block radii for the mini-varestraint test are calculated in the same manner as for the varestraint test. The overall size of the mini-varestraint die block may be smaller as the test specimen is smaller. 10.5.8 Report 10.5.8.1 The as-welded surface near Point A is examined for visual evidence of cracks at a magnification of 40X, 60X, or 80X. The locations of any HAZ or fusionzone cracks are shown schematically in Figure 10.5.3. The length of each crack shall be measured to the nearest 0.001 in (0.025 mm) with a low-power microscope (40X, 60X, or 80X) containing a calibrated reticle in the eyepiece. The test results that are reported shall include the following: 10.5.6 Specimens. The varestraint test specimens are rough sawed and machined to size. The specimen size is 2 in (50 mm) wide by 12 in (305 mm) long. The specimen size thickness is 1/4 in (6 mm) or 1/2 in (13 mm) The mini-varestraint specimen is 1 in (25 mm) wide by 6 in (152 mm) long. Typical mini-varestraint specimen thicknesses are in the range of 1/8 in (3 mm) to 1/4 in (6 mm). The specimen surface on which the test weld will be produced should be machined in the longitudinal direction to a finish no rougher than 125 microinches (3 micrometers) Ra unless it is desired to simulate a surface condition used in service. (1) The base-metal type, composition, thickness, and condition; (2) The percent augmented tangential strain; óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 77 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé cracks found in the weld metal and in the HAZ of each specimen. The total combined crack length produced in the weld metal and HAZ will give the best quantitative index of the hot-crack sensitivity of the weld metal and HAZ, respectively, for a given welding procedure. This criterion also may be used to examine the effects of welding procedure changes. (3) The total crack length of the three specimens tested under the same conditions that were found on the as-welded surface at the specified magnification (40X, 60X, or 80X) and the location of the cracks (weld metal or HAZ); (4) The maximum crack length of each of the three specimens tested under the same conditions that were found on the as-welded surface at the specified magnification (40X, 60X, or 80X) and the location of the cracks (weld metal or HAZ); 10.5.8.3 Test data should be recorded on a Test Results Sheet similar to Figure 10.5.4. 10.5.9 Commentary (5) Weld procedure (process and parameters); 10.5.9.1 The technology of the varestraint test is undergoing further refinement. The test specimen size and geometry, test apparatus, interpretation of results, and understanding of the effect of test variables on cracking susceptibility are being examined in detail. Two articles5, 6 describing these investigations are included in the Bibliography of this document. The classical aspects of the varestraint test have been presented herein. (6) Rate of loading of the specimen during the test (if available). 10.5.8.2 The following criteria can be used to evaluate the test results: óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (1) Cracking Threshold. The cracking threshold is the minimum augmented tangential strain required to cause cracking in a particular base metal with a given set of welding variables. This criterion provides a quantitative method for comparing welding procedures. 10.5.9.2 The rate of loading can affect test results and use of certain rates of loading may result in scatter in test results. (2) Maximum Crack Length. The maximum crack length that is measured in a given specimen can be used as a quantitative index for preliminary screening of base metal, filler metal, or both, at comparable levels of augmented tangential strain, provided constant puddle geometry is maintained. This criterion is useful when searching for metals with low crack sensitivity. 5 Lin, W. A model for heat-affected zone liquation cracking. Welding in the World 30 (9/10): 236242, 1992. 6 Lin, W., Lippold, J. C., and Baeslack III, W.A. An evaluation of heat-affected zone liquation cracking susceptibility, Part I: Development of a method for quantification. Welding Journal 72(4): 135-s153-s, 1993. (3) Total Combined Crack Length. The total combined crack length is obtained by adding the lengths of 78 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ Figure 10.5.1Varestraint Test Fixture and Specimen óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 79 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Figure 10.5.2Auxiliary Bending Plates ÌÑÐ ÍËÎÚßÝÛ ÑÚ ÌÛÍÌ ÉÛÔÜ ÍØÑÉ×ÒÙ ÔÑÝßÌ×ÑÒ ÑÚ ßÎÝô ÉÛÔÜ ÐËÜÜÔÛô ÍÑÔ×ÜóÔ×ÏË×Ü ×ÒÌÛÎÚßÝÛ ßÌ ×ÒÍÌßÒÌ ÑÚ ßÐÐÔ×ÝßÌ×ÑÒ ÑÚ ÞÛÒÜ×ÒÙ ÚÑÎÝÛ ßÒÜ ÉÛÔÜ ÓÛÌßÔ ßÒÜ ØÛßÌóßÚÚÛÝÌÛÜ ÆÑÒÛ ØÑÌ ÝÎßÝÕÍò Figure 10.5.3Typical Indications on Top Surface of Test Weld óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 80 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ÊßÎÛÍÌÎß×ÒÌ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±²æ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É·¼¬¸ ¿²¼ Ì¸·½µ²»--ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó»¬¿´´«®¹·½¿´ Ý±²¼·¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í«®º¿½» Ý±²¼·¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î±´´·²¹ Ü·®»½¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú·´´»® Ó»¬¿´æ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú»»¼ Î¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Û´»½¬®±¼» Ì§°» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Û´»½¬®±¼» Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- Ú´±© Î¿¬»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- Ü»© Ð±·²¬ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«®®»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð±´¿®·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß®½ Ê±´¬¿¹» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß®½ Ô»²¹¬¸ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ø«³·¼·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬-æ Í°»½·³»² Ò±ò Ü·» Î¿¼·«- Ì¿²¹»²¬ Í¬®¿·² Ý®¿½µ Ô±½¿¬·±² Ò«³¾»® ±º Ý®¿½µ- Ô»²¹¬¸ ±º Û¿½¸ Ý®¿½µ Ý®¿½µ·²¹ Ì¸®»-¸±´¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó¿¨·³«³ Ý®¿½µ Ô»²¹¬¸ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì±¬¿´ Ý±³¾·²»¼ Ý®¿½µ Ô»²¹¬¸ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.5.4Suggested Data Sheet for Varestraint Test 81 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10.6 Oblique Y-Groove Test 10.6.3 Summary of Method 10.6.3.1 The test is performed using a set of three flat plate test assemblies welded under identical conditions. Welds are deposited on each side of the test area to provide restraint. A single test weld is deposited in the restrained, machined groove of each assembly. 10.6.1 Scope 10.6.1.1 The oblique Y-groove test (Tekken test) is a single-pass, restrained groove weld test used to evaluate susceptibility to hydrogen and weld metal solidification cracking of steel weldments. 10.6.3.2 The combination of welding amperage, voltage, and travel speed shall be such that the specified heat input range is obtained. 10.6.1.2 This standard is applicable to the following, when specified: 10.6.3.3 Each test weld is examined for the presence of hydrogen-assisted cracks, not less than 72 h after depositing the test weld. Test welds are sectioned as required for internal examination. (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures; (2) Information, basis for a acceptance, and manufacturing quality control; and 10.6.3.4 Testing is usually conducted using several tested sets welded identically over a range of preheat temperatures so that 100% cracking occurs at the lowest temperature test and 0% cracking occurs at the highest temperature tested. Resulting data is useful as a comparative measure of the susceptibility of the material to cracking. (3) Research and development. 10.6.1.3 The use of this test is restricted as follows: (1) Base-metal thickness limited to 1/2 in (13 mm) or greater, and (2) Test results are applicable only to the basematerial thickness tested. 10.6.4 Significance. This test is used as a comparative measure to assess the susceptibility to hydrogen and weld metal solidification cracking of steel weldments. 10.6.1.4 When this standard is used, the following information shall be furnished: 10.6.5 Apparatus (1) Welding procedure (process and parameters); 10.6.5.1 A simple fixture is used to hold the test plates so the restraining welds can be deposited. Water-cooled mechanical means are used to section completed test assemblies for internal examination for the presence of cracks. Metallographic equipment is required for polishing, etching, and examining specimens. (2) Base-metal identification: specification, heat number, mill test chemical composition, and heat treatment; (3) Base-metal thickness; óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (4) Filler metal identification, specification, and diameter; 10.6.6 Specimens (5) Filler metal preweld conditioning (e.g., baking); 10.6.6.1 Test assembly configuration is shown in Figure 10.6.1. All weld joint surfaces shall be machined to 125 microinches (3 micrometers) Ra minimum. When it is possible to identify the rolling direction of the material being tested, the parts should be cut and assembled with the rolling direction perpendicular to the weld groove, unless otherwise specified. (6) Weld preheat temperature; (7) Maximum interpass temperature; and (8) Acceptance criteria (if any). 10.6.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 10.6.6.2 The test assembly is fabricated by depositing welds on each end of the weld groove to provide the necessary restraint, as shown in Figure 10.6.1, Section AA. Low-hydrogen-type mild steel filler metal is normally used. Welds shall be deposited by a suitable welding process, using a deep penetrating arc and a weave-bead technique to fill the joints with a minimum number of weld beads. Care shall be taken to minimize angular distortion during welding. Weld reinforcement should be approximately 1/16 in (1.6 mm). Maximum interpass temperature should be in accordance with steel manufac- AWS Documents: AWS A4.3, Standard Methods for Determination of the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding 82 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 10.6.7.6 When the test is used to evaluate susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking, a diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed for each welding process and consumable in accordance with AWS A4.3. The diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed under the same conditions as the test weld. turers recommendations as applicable to the steel type being joined. 10.6.6.3 Each test assembly shall be dimensionally inspected after cooling to ensure the proper configuration as shown in Figure 10.6.1, Section BB. The groove root opening dimension shall be within tolerance. 10.6.8 Report 10.6.6.4 Fabricate a minimum of three test assemblies per set. 10.6.8.1 The test results that typically are reported include: 10.6.7 Procedure (1) Test number; 10.6.7.1 All welding shall be performed in the flat position (1G). (2) Welding procedure specification and procedure qualification record numbers (if applicable); 10.6.7.2 Test assemblies shall be uniformly heated in an oven, to a temperature slightly higher than the desired preheat temperature. The test assembly is removed from the oven and the surface temperature near the joint preparation shall be monitored. Welding shall begin when the desired preheat temperature is reached. (3) Base metal identification; (4) Base metal thickness; (5) Filler metal identification; (6) Filler metal diameter; 10.6.7.3 The single-pass test weld shall be deposited as shown in Figure 10.6.2. Welding techniques which promote good fusion and crater fill shall be employed. Following welding, the assembly shall be allowed to cool in still air. It shall be left at ambient temperature for minimum period of 48 h before examination for cracks. (7) Shielding gas identification; (8) All welding parameters necessary to completely define the procedure and heat input; (9) Weld preheat temperature; 10.6.7.4 The test weld area shall be examined for surface cracks. If surface cracks are visible, no further examination is required. If cracking is not visible, the weld shall be sectioned and examined microscopically. (10) Ambient temperature and relative humidity at time of welding; (11) Maximum interpass temperature allowed during welding of restraining welds (if applicable); 10.6.7.5 When sectioning is required, the test weld should be sectioned at the one-fourth, one-half, and three-fourth length positions. Water-cooled mechanical means shall be used to section the test welds. Assemblies shall be securely clamped in such a manner that the cutting process does not contribute to weld root cracking. Sectioned specimens shall be polished, etched and examined at 20X for cracks. (12) Any observation of unusual characteristics of the test specimen, weld profile, section surface, or procedure; and (13) Results of diffusible hydrogen tests. 10.6.8.2 Test data should be recorded on a Test Results Sheet similar to Figure 10.6.3. 83 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ Ò±¬»-æ ïò Þ¿-» ³»¬¿´ ±«¬»® »¼¹»- ³¿§ ¾» ¬¸»®³¿´´§ ½«¬ ø²±¬ ®»¯«·®»¼ ¬± ¾» ³¿½¸·²»¼÷ò îò Ö±·²¬ ¹®±±ª» °®»°¿®¿¬·±² -¸¿´´ ¾» ³¿¼» ¾§ ³¿½¸·²» ½«¬¬·²¹ò Í«®º¿½»- -¸¿´´ ¾» ²± ®±«¹¸»® ¬¸¿² ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ò ×¬ ·- ®»½±³³»²¼»¼ ¬¸¿¬ ¬¸» ´¿§ ±º ¬¸» -«®º¿½» ®±«¹¸²»-- ¾» ±®·»²¬»¼ °¿®¿´´»´ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ´±²¹·¬«¼·²¿´ ¿¨·- ±º ¬¸» -°»½·³»²ò íò Ü·³»²-·±² -¸¿´´ ¾» ïñè ·² øí ³³÷ °®·±® ¬± ¼»°±-·¬·²¹ ®»-¬®¿·²·²¹ ©»´¼-ò ìò Ú·²¿´ ¼·³»²-·±² -¸¿´´ ¾» ðòðéç o ðòððè ·² øî ³³ o ðòî ³³÷ ¿º¬»® ®»-¬®¿·²·²¹ ©»´¼- ¿®» ¼»°±-·¬»¼ò Ø±©»ª»®ô ½±²¬®¿½¬·±² ½¿«-»¼ ¼«®·²¹ ¿²½¸±® ©»´¼·²¹ ³«-¬ ¾» ½±²-·¼»®»¼ °®·±® ¬± ³¿½¸·²·²¹ ¿²¼ ¿--»³¾´§å ¬§°·½¿´´§ ¿°°®±¨·³¿¬»´§ ðòðïî ·² øðòí ³³÷ -¸®·²µ¿¹»ò Figure 10.6.1Oblique Y-Groove Test Assembly 84 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.6.2Oblique Y-Groove Test Weld Configuration 85 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.6.2 (Continued)Oblique Y-Groove Test Weld Configuration 86 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ÑÞÔ×ÏËÛ ÇóÙÎÑÑÊÛ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó¿¬»®·¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ì¸·½µ²»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î±´´·²¹ Ü·®»½¬·±² ×²¼·½¿¬»¼ ÇñÒ Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß°°´·½¿¾´» É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»¼«®» Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ü»¬¿·´- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ±º É»´¼·²¹ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð¿®¿³»¬»®- Ì»-¬ É»´¼ Ð¿®¿³»¬»®- Û´»½¬®±¼»ñÉ·®» Ü·¿ò É»´¼·²¹ Ý±²-«³¿¾´» ×Ü ß³°»®¿¹» Í°»½·º·½¿¬·±² Ê±´¬¿¹» Ý´¿--·º·½¿¬·±² Ð±´¿®·¬§ Þ¿µ·²¹ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- Ì§°»ô Ó»¼·«³ Ð®»¸»¿¬ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®» Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- Ü»© Ð±·²¬ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ Ó¿¨ò ×²¬»®°¿-- Ì»³°ò Ø«³·¼·¬§ øÎØ÷ Ó»¿-«®·²¹ Ó»¬¸±¼ Ð®±½»--ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì·³» Ô¿°-»‰É»´¼·²¹ ¬± Ì»-¬·²¹ ø¸®-÷ ÁÁÁÁÁ ß²½¸±® É»´¼ Ì»-¬ É»´¼ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò Ø§¼®±¹»² Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ Ü¿¬» Î»-«´¬ ÛÈßÓ×ÒßÌ×ÑÒ Í«®º¿½» ß--»³¾´§ Ò±ò ×²-°»½¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ Í»½¬·±² Î»-«´¬- øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ò±ò ±º Ì»-¬ ß--»³¾´·»- ×²-°»½¬»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ×²-°»½¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ Î»-«´¬- øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ì±¬¿´ û Ý®¿½µ·²¹ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.6.3Suggested Data Sheet for Oblique Y-Groove Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 87 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10.7 Welding Institute of Canada (WIC) Test ments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. ASTM Documents: 10.7.1 Scope ASTM E 3, Methods for Preparation of Metallographic Specimens 10.7.1.1 The Welding Institute of Canada (WIC) cracking test was originally introduced as a general high restraint test for low carbon steel weldments. While the primary application is to evaluate weld metal, the test also may be used to evaluate the effects of welding heat input, base plate composition, and welding preheat, on weld metal and heat-affected zone (HAZ) cracking susceptibility. AWS Documents: AWS A4.3, Standard Methods for Determination of the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding 10.7.3 Summary of Method 10.7.1.2 This standard is applicable to the following: óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 10.7.3.1 The WIC test specimen is schematically illustrated in Figure 10.7.1. The WIC specimen was originally developed in Canada using metric dimensions. The WIC specimen joint design may be either a straight Y or oblique Y as shown in Figures 10.7.2 and 10.7.3. A straight Y joint is used when weld deposit hydrogenassisted cracking resistance is of principal interest. An oblique Y is used when the hydrogen-assisted cracking of both the HAZ and weld metal are of interest. (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures where specific acceptance standards have been specified; (2) Information, basis of acceptance, or manufacturing and quality control; and (3) Research and development. 10.7.1.3 The use of this test is restricted as follows: 10.7.3.2 The WIC specimen is restrained by fillet welding the specimen on 3 sides to either a tee beam (as shown in Figure 10.7.1) or a thick restraining plate. The fillet size shall be a minimum of 5/16 in (8 mm). If a fabricated tee beam is used it shall be made from a minimum of 1 in (25 mm) thick plate. If a simple restraining plate is used, it shall be a minimum of 2 in (50 mm) thick plate. A run-on/run-off tab shall be used on each specimen. Each test condition of interest is usually run in triplicate. Three specimens separated by run-on/run-off tabs can be placed sequentially and welded at the same time. The run-on/run-off tabs are typically half the thickness of the test specimen and can be any convenient length and width. If possible, the run-on/run-off tabs are made from the same material as the WIC specimen. (1) The test shall be used for 3/4 in to 1 in (19 mm to 25 mm) thick base metal; and (2) Close control of all welding conditions is required. The results of this test may be strongly affected more by changes in welding conditions. 10.7.1.4 furnished: The following information shall be (1) Welding procedure (process and parameters); (2) Base metal specification/identification, thickness, and actual chemical composition, if available; (3) State of heat treatment; 10.7.3.3 A single pass weld is deposited in the weld joint. After the welding is completed, the specimen is held a minimum of 24 h prior to final inspection. (4) Base metal rolling direction; (5) Filler metal specification/identification, diameter, and any prewelding treatment (e.g., electrode baking temperature and time); 10.7.3.4 The completed welds are examined by magnetic particle inspection for external cracks. The specimen may also be sectioned transverse to the direction of welding, in the center of the specimen, to detect subsurface root cracks. (6) Cross-sectional examination procedure; (7) Acceptance criteria, if applicable; and (8) Report form including specific data to be recorded and observations to be made. 10.7.4 Significance. This test is used to evaluate the cracking susceptibility of the weld metal and HAZ in situations simulating the root pass in a highly restrained butt weld. The welding conditions must be very closely controlled to avoid variations that may result in inconsistent results. Multiple specimens may be required to assure reliable assessment of the cracking susceptibility. 10.7.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amend- 88 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ 10.7.5 Apparatus. A 2 in (50 mm) thick steel plate or a tee beam made from 1 in (25 mm) thick steel plate is used to restrain the WIC specimen. The WIC specimen is fillet welded on 3 sides to either a tee beam (as shown in Figure 10.7.1) or a thick restraining plate. The fillet size shall be a minimum of 5/16 in (8 mm). Evaluation for the presence of hydrogen cracks requires the use of metallographic equipment to section and prepare the specimen for examination. heat treatment. If no postweld heat treatment is required, the as-welded specimen shall be held at ambient temperature for 24 h prior to final inspection or as specified by the customer. 10.7.7.5 If weld metal cracking occurs in any of the test welds, the location and extent of cracking shall be noted on the test record sheet. 10.7.7.6 The test weld shall be examined for surface cracks using magnetic particle inspection. Examination of a transverse cross section is recommended, especially if the oblique Y-groove is employed. The requirement for sectioning should be specified in the work contract or as agreed by the customer and vendor. 10.7.6 Specimens. The test specimen is shown in Figure 10.7.1. The recommended base plate thickness is 3/4 in (19 mm) to 1 in (25 mm). The surfaces in and around the weld joint are ground to bright metal prior to assembly. The surfaces between the WIC specimen and the restraining plate shall be ground flat prior to assembly. This is essential to ensure intimate contact and good heat transfer during test weld. The test assembly is fillet welded to a 2 in (50 mm) thick restraining plate or 1 in (25 mm) tee section as shown in Figure 10.7.2 prior to the test. A minimum 1/2 in (13 mm) long (any convenient width) run-on and run-off shall be used for each specimen. 10.7.7.7 If sectioning is required, macrosections are cut transverse to the direction of welding from the center of the weldment, preferably by using a water-cooled bandsaw or abrasive cut-off wheel. Each macrosection shall be identified. The face of the section to be examined is polished, etched, and examined at 50X or greater magnification. The location and size of any cracks shall be recorded. 10.7.7 Procedure 10.7.7.8 A diffusible hydrogen test shall be performed for each welding process and consumable in accordance with AWS A4.3. The diffusible hydrogen test should be performed under the same ambient condition as the WIC test weldment. 10.7.7.1 All welding shall be done in the flat position unless otherwise specified. A mechanized process may be used to maintain control of the welding parameters. 10.7.7.2 Each weld is made without any arc interruptions in the test region. Weld starts and stops will be placed on the weld run-on and run-off tabs, and the craters at the ends of the test are to be filled before the arc is extinguished. The same welding parameters are used for each test weld and each weld should be of the same size. 10.7.8 Report. The test results that typically are reported are the following: (1) Base metal and filler metal identification and chemical composition, 10.7.7.3 The fabrication sequence is as follows: (1) Establish the desired preheat temperature of interest. (2) If no preheat is used, record ambient temperature of the specimen. The single pass weld deposit shall employ welding techniques that promote good fusion and crater fill. (2) Base metal (specimen) thickness, (3) Welding procedures (process and parameters), (4) Any preheating and/or postweld heat treatment, (5) Identification of each section cut from the specimen, 10.7.7.4 If the welding procedure requires preheating, the specimen shall be preheated before depositing each test weld. If postweld heat treatment is required, the treatment shall be applied to the test weldment immediately after completion of welding and before cooling to ambient temperature unless specifically required by the weld procedure to cool the weldment prior to postweld óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ (6) Location and size of any cracks in each test weld in each section, (7) Results of diffusible hydrogen test, and (8) Test data should be recorded on a Test Record Sheet similar to Figure 10.7.4. 89 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.7.1Schematic Illustration of the WIC Test Assembly Figure 10.7.2Illustration of the Straight Y Joint Design for the WIC Specimen Figure 10.7.3Illustration of the Oblique Y Joint Design for the WIC Specimen 90 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ É×Ý ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó¿¬»®·¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ì¸·½µ²»-- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î±´´·²¹ Ü·®»½¬·±² ×²¼·½¿¬»¼ ÇñÒ Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß°°´·½¿¾´» É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»¼«®» Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ü»¬¿·´- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ±º É»´¼·²¹ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð¿®¿³»¬»®- Ì»-¬ É»´¼ Ð¿®¿³»¬»®- Û´»½¬®±¼»ñÉ·®» Ü·¿ò É»´¼·²¹ Ý±²-«³¿¾´» ×Ü ß³°»®¿¹» Í°»½·º·½¿¬·±² Ê±´¬¿¹» Ý´¿--·º·½¿¬·±² Ð±´¿®·¬§ Þ¿µ·²¹ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- Ì§°»ô Ó»¼·«³ Ð®»¸»¿¬ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®» Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿- Ü»© Ð±·²¬ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ Ó¿¨ò ×²¬»®°¿-- Ì»³°ò Ø«³·¼·¬§ øÎØ÷ Ó»¿-«®·²¹ Ó»¬¸±¼ Ð®±½»--ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì·³» Ô¿°-»‰É»´¼·²¹ ¬± Ì»-¬·²¹ ø¸®-÷ ÁÁÁÁÁ ß²½¸±® É»´¼ Ì»-¬ É»´¼ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò Ø§¼®±¹»² Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ Ü¿¬» Î»-«´¬ ÛÈßÓ×ÒßÌ×ÑÒ Í«®º¿½» ×²-°»½¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ Î»-«´¬- øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ò±ò ±º Ì»-¬ ß--»³¾´·»- ×²-°»½¬»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ×²-°»½¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ Î»-«´¬- øÝ ±® ÒÝ÷ Ì±¬¿´ û Ý®¿½µ·²¹ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»³¿®µ- ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.7.4Suggested Data Sheet for WIC Test 91 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ß--»³¾´§ Ò±ò Í»½¬·±² ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 10.8 Trough Test 10.8.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 10.8.1 Scope óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 10.8.1.1 The trough test is used to evaluate the susceptibility of medium and high strength alloy steel weld metal and consumables to hydrogen-assisted cracking. The primary focus of this test is to establish thermal treatments that eliminate time-delayed cracking in thick section repair welds particularly during shielded-metal arc welding (SMAW). ASTM Documents: ASTM E 4, Standard Practices for Load Verification of Testing Machines While the primary application is to evaluate the need or type of thermal treatments required to eliminate potentially damaging hydrogen related weld metal cracking, this test may be used to evaluate the effects of welding procedure, welding consumables, welding heat input, interpass temperature, and postheating on cracking susceptibility. For weldments or welding procedures that may not need postweld heat treatment, this test may be used to determine the sensitivity to hydrogen embrittlement and hydrogen-assisted cracking. ASTM E 8, Standard Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials AWS Documents: AWS A4.3, Standard Methods for Determination of the Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding 10.8.3 Summary of Method 10.8.3.1 The conditions that promote hydrogenrelated delayed weld metal cracking can usually be found during short repair welds in highly restrained weldments or base metal. The trough test was developed to define thermal treatments that eliminate delayed weld metal cracking. 10.8.1.2 This standard is applicable to the following: (1) Qualification of materials and welding procedures where specific acceptance standards have been specified; (2) Information, basis of acceptance, or manufacturing and quality control; and 10.8.3.2 The trough test specimen is shown in Figure 10.8.1. The trough configuration is prepared by aircarbon arc cutting or other suitable methods to achieve the joint design shown in Figure 10.8.1. Subsequent grinding is used to obtain the required trough dimensions, to remove all gouging deposits and provide a bright metal trough surface. (3) Research and development. 10.8.1.3 The use of this test is restricted as follows: (1) Base metal and welding consumables susceptible to time delayed hydrogen-assisted cracking, 10.8.3.3 The test specimen is welded in the flat position and monitored for up to 30 days or until weld cracking occurs. Thermal treatments are applied to various test weldments that result in the elimination of hydrogen related delayed weld metal cracking. (2) Short highly restrained repair weld in thick section alloy steel base metal, and (3) Close control of the welding parameters is required as the results may be affected more by differences in parameters than in delayed cracking susceptibility. 10.8.4 Significance 10.8.1.4 The following information shall be furnished: 10.8.4.1 The trough weld test is based on the theory that hydrogen related delayed weld metal cracking and/or reduced tensile ductility can be controlled by the careful application of appropriate thermal treatments in steel weldments. For example, the SMAW process introduces hydrogen into the weld metal through the direct transfer across the arc of moisture contained within the electrode coating. Moisture transfer from the electrode coating to the weld metal can be minimized by following sound welding procedure control such as electrode baking, limiting electrode exposure through the use of portable holding containers and periodic sampling of electrode coatings to ensure that the percentage of mois- (1) Weld procedure (process and parameters); (2) Base-metal specification/identification and chemical composition; (3) Filler metal specification/identification, size, and, any preweld treatment, e.g., baking time and temperature; (4) The type, number, and location of tensile specimens to be tested; (5) Report form when required. 92 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ dure designed to eliminate hydrogen related delayed weld metal cracking and/or reduced tensile ductility. ture remains below the maximum recommended by the electrode manufacturer or specification. Despite these precautions, hydrogen levels in weld metal can exceed the safe level at which sound weldments can be fabricated. The presence of excessive amounts of dissolved hydrogen can be observed as time delayed transverse cracking of weld metal. As hydrogen levels decrease, weld-metal cracking propensity decreases, however, diffusible hydrogen can result in reduced tensile ductility of the weld metal. 10.8.7 Procedure 10.8.7.1 The test welds are deposited in the trough in the flat position. 10.8.7.2 The starts and stops of the weld beads are stacked in the trough one on top of the other as indicated in Figure 10.8.2. This is done in order to evaluate the susceptibility of these locations to high levels of hydrogen and possible defect sites. All starts and stops shall be lightly ground between passes. 10.8.4.2 The major characteristics of hydrogen embrittlement are its strain-rate sensitivity, temperature dependence and susceptibility to delayed fracture. Unlike most embrittlement phenomena, hydrogen embrittlement is enhanced by slow strain rates. For steel, the region of greatest susceptibility to hydrogen embrittlement is at approximately room temperature. 10.8.7.3 The initial trough specimen is produced by continuous welding and minimum preheat and interpass temperature in order to simulate and effect time delayed weld metal cracking. Appropriate preheat, interpass, and postweld thermal treatments are applied to subsequent specimens until weld metal cracking is eliminated and/or tensile ductility is recovered. An outline of suggested thermal treatments is as follows: 10.8.4.3 Hydrogen introduction into the weld metal is not limited to the SMAW process. Other welding processes (GMAW, SAW, etc.) may also provide the environment that promotes the conditions leading to hydrogen-related delayed cracking. (1) Continuous welding with required preheat and interpass temperature applied; no postweld treatment. Delayed weld cracking and reduced tensile ductility should be evident; 10.8.5 Apparatus 10.8.5.1 A simple fixture is required to hold the specimen so that the test welds can be deposited in the flat position. Welding in the flat position minimizes variability in welder skill and enhances the depositing of satisfactory welds not requiring quality interpretation. 10.8.5.2 Electric strip heaters are required to provide the preweld, intraweld, and postweld heating of the test specimen. Appropriate temperature control, measuring, and recording instruments may be needed to document the thermal treatment applied to the test specimen. (3) Other thermal treatments may be applied providing they result in eliminating weld metal cracking and/or reduced tensile ductility. 10.8.7.4 All trough specimens shall be subjected to magnetic particle inspection immediately upon completion of welding and daily for periods up to 30 days. Radiography may be used to confirm the results of magnetic particle inspection for weld soundness. 10.8.6 Specimens 10.8.6.1 The specimen and groove configuration is shown in Figure 10.8.1. The specimen may be prepared by thermal cutting. 10.8.7.5 The location of tension test specimens in the trough weld is shown in Figure 10.8.2. Tensile testing is used to evaluate the loss of tensile ductility in the weld metal as a result of hydrogen embrittlement. 10.8.6.2 The trough is prepared by air carbon arc cutting followed by grinding of the trough surface to bright metal and required dimensions. 10.8.7.6 When the test is used to evaluate hydrogencracking susceptibility, a diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed for each welding process and consumable in accordance with AWS A4.3. The diffusible hydrogen determination shall be performed under the same conditions as the test weld. 10.8.6.3 The amount of restraint required to produce time-delayed weld metal cracking is provided by the mass of the plate surrounding the trough groove. 10.8.6.4 The location of tension test specimens in the trough weld is shown in Figure 10.8.2. Tension testing is used to evaluate tensile ductility. 10.8.8 Report. In addition to the requirements of the applicable documents, the report shall include the following: 10.8.6.5 A series of test specimens is welded with each specimen subjected to a thermal treatment proce- 93 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (2) Continuous welding of 1/2 in (13 mm) thick layers with required preheat and interpass temperature applied; followed by an elevated postweld treatment at 400°F (204°C) for 12 h to 16 h; and ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé (1) Base metal specification; (10) Method of examination for presence of cracks; (2) Filler metal specification, size, and chemical composition; (11) Tension test ductility, if required; and óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (12) Results of diffusible hydrogen test, if required. (3) Trough test specimen dimensions and thickness; Test data should be recorded on a Test Results Sheet similar to Figure 10.8.3. (4) Welding procedure (process and parameters); (5) Shielding gas identification; (6) Location of weld starts and stops; 10.8.9 Commentary. There are other U.S. and ISO test methods available whose objectives are to evaluate the susceptibility of weld metal and consumables to hydrogen-assisted cracking. This test method is unique in that it is intended to determine welding parameters and thermal treatments to eliminate hydrogen-assisted cracking in repair welds in thick section medium and high strength alloy steel structures and components. (7) Preheat, interpass, and postweld thermal treatments used; (8) Description of thermal treatment found to eliminate delayed cracking and/or reduced tensile ductility; (9) Time delay and description for presence of cracks; 94 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ Figure 10.8.1Trough Test Specimen Figure 10.8.2Location of Weld Starts, Stops, and Tension Test Specimens (Side View) 95 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÌÎÑËÙØ ÌÛÍÌ ÎÛÍËÔÌÍ Ý±³°¿²§ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ö±¾ñÌ»-¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸»»¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ±º ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü»-½®·°¬·±² ±º ×²ª»-¬·¹¿¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ ×¼»²¬·º·½¿¬·±² ¿²¼ Ì¸·½µ²»--ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ Ø»¿¬ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿-» Ó»¬¿´ Ý±³°±-·¬·±²æ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼ Ó»¬¿´ Ý±³°±-·¬·±² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÝÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó² ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ð ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý®ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ó± ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò¾ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý¿ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì· ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß´ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ É»´¼·²¹ Ð®±½»-- Ð®±½»¼«®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Û´»½¬®±¼»ñÉ·®» Í°»½ò Ò±ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý±³³»®½·¿´ Ò¿³» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü·¿³»¬»® ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Þ¿µ·²¹ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í¸·»´¼·²¹ Ù¿-ñÚ´«¨ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ú´±© Î¿¬»ñÚ´«¨ Í·¦» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«®®»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ì»³°ò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì®¿ª»´ Í°»»¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ß³¾·»²¬ Ø«³·¼·¬§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ý«®®»²¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ê±´¬¿¹» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø»¿¬ ×²°«¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ø§¼®±¹»² Ü»¬»®³·²¿¬·±² Ó»¬¸±¼ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Î»-«´¬-æ Í°»½·³»² Ò±ò É»´¼·²¹ ¿²¼ Ì¸»®³¿´ Ì®»¿¬³»²¬¿ Ý®¿½µ·²¹ Ì·³» Ô¿°-» øÜ¿§-÷ Î»¼ò ·² Ì»²-·´» Ü«½¬·´·¬§ øÇñÒ÷ ¿ Í»» ïðòèòéòí º±® -«¹¹»-¬»¼ ©»´¼·²¹ ¿²¼ ¬¸»®³¿´ ¬®»¿¬³»²¬ ø²«³¾»® ±º ©»´¼ ´¿§»®-ô °®»¸»¿¬ ¿²¼ ·²¬»®°¿-- ¬»³°»®¿¬«®»ô °±-¬©»´¼ ¬¸»®³¿´ ¬®»¿¬³»²¬÷ò Î»-«´¬- ø½®¿½µ·²¹ º®»» ©»´¼·²¹ ¿²¼ ¬¸»®³¿´ ¬®»¿¬³»²¬÷ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ì»-¬»¼ Þ§ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í·¹²¿¬«®»ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Ü¿¬» ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Figure 10.8.3Suggested Data Sheet for Trough Test 96 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ 10.9 Gapped Bead On Plate (GBOP) Test for both electrode comparison and determination of appropriate welding procedures. 10.9.5 Apparatus. The apparatus consists of 2 machined blocks that are clamped together. One of the blocks has a machined recess though the thickness. This is illustrated in Figure 10.9.1. 10.9.1 Scope 10.9.1.1 This subclause covers the Gapped Bead On Plate (GBOP) test for susceptibility of as-welded metal to hydrogen-assisted cracking. The standard gives the requirements for test specimen preparation, test parameters and testing procedures, but does not specify the requirements or acceptance criteria. 10.9.6 Specimens 10.9.6.1 Butter plates, if necessary. If plate buttering is employed the details of the buttering procedure shall be described in the test report. Three (3) layers is sufficient to minimize the effects of base plate dilution. 10.9.1.2 Where specified, this standard is applicable to the following: 10.9.6.2 Machine the test block to 4 in by 5 in by 2 in (101 mm by 126 mm by 50 mm) thick, with a maximum average roughness of 125 microinches (3 micrometers), and final dimensions as shown in Figure 10.9.1. (1) Information, specifications of acceptance, manufacturing quality control; and (2) Research and development. 10.9.6.3 Bake the samples at least 5 h at a minimum of 550°F (288°C) for hydrogen removal. If there is an oxide coating, it should be cleaned with a power brush or equivalent prior to testing. 10.9.1.3 When this standard is used, the following information shall be furnished: (1) Weld procedure (process and parameters); (2) The specific criteria used for distinguishing cracked verses not cracked samples. For example, 50% cracked may be used as the distinguishing level of cracking to be considered cracked; and 10.9.7 Procedure 10.9.7.1 A minimum of three samples should be welded for each test. Preheat samples for at least 4 h to 25°F (4°C) above the anticipated test temperature. The sample block should be removed from the oven, then placed in a test fixture or simply clamped together. The samples are then tightened together and welding can be done once the test temperature is reached. Either temperature crayons or digital temperature probes are permissible for temperature measurement. (3) The specific test temperature [for example, testing may start at 212°F (100°C)]. 10.9.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 10.9.7.2 Weld across the gap a minimum of 4 in (101 mm) total weld length. Welding parameters should follow manufacturers suggested welding procedures. ASME Documents: ASME B46.1, Surface Texture, Surface Roughness, Waviness and Lay 10.9.7.4 Examination for Cracks. Penetrant testing, heat tinting or other methods may be used to determine the extent of cracking. One other method is to break the test assembly and note whether it did not crack or the degree to which it cracked based on the predetermined testing criteria. 10.9.3 Summary of Method. This test assesses the susceptibility of weld metal to hydrogen-assisted cracking. A preheat temperature at which the weld metal shows acceptable resistance to hydrogen-assisted cracking is determined. At low temperatures hydrogen cant easily escape, causing a weld metal condition that is susceptible to cracking. Conversely, at higher preheat temperatures, there is more opportunity for the hydrogen to diffuse out, and susceptibility to hydrogen-assisted cracking is reduced. 10.9.7.5 The samples can be re-used indefinitely, provided that they are baked out between successive tests. This is to remove the hydrogen introduced during the testing. This normally entails grinding away some weld metal or machining after grinding. 10.9.4 Significance. Hydrogen-assisted cracking is a major cause for concern in weldments. Understanding of appropriate preheat temperatures to reduce the susceptibility of a weldment to such cracking can be beneficial 10.9.7.6 If a sample cracks at a certain test temperature, the next test should be run at a higher temperature. If the sample doesnt show cracks at a given preheat tem- 97 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 10.9.7.3 After welding, the test assembly must sit a minimum of 24 h in the test fixture or clamp. ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé perature, the next temperature should be done with a lower preheat. (2) Materials identification including base metal specification and filler metal specification; (3) Specimen thickness and width; 10.9.7.7 As soon as the cut-off point is known between cracking and noncracking samples, the test is complete for that particular electrode. (4) Specific test temperatures performed; (5) Number of tests per condition or lot; 10.9.8 Report (6) The number, type, size, and location of defects (if any); and 10.9.8.1 In addition to the requirements of the normative references, the report shall include the following: (7) Observations of unusual characteristics of the specimens or procedure. (1) Weld procedure (process and parameters); óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 98 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïðò ÉÛÔÜßÞ×Ô×ÌÇ ÌÛÍÌ×ÒÙ Ò±¬»æ Í«®º¿½» º·²·-¸ ¬± ¾» ïîë ³·½®±·²½¸»- øí ³·½®±³»¬»®-÷ Î ¿ ³¿¨·³«³ò óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 10.9.1Specimen Dimensions and Test Set-Up 99 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé 11. Process Specific Tests (1) The stud is bent by striking with a hammer or bending it using a length of tube or pipe, or (2) A tensile load is applied to the stud using an appropriate fixture. This commonly is accomplished by use of a torque wrench and a stand-off sleeve. 11.1 Stud Weld Test 11.1.1 Scope 11.1.4 Significance 11.1.1.1 This subclause covers mechanical testing of stud welds. When testing of stud welds is required, the procedure shall conform to this standard. This standard does not specify requirements or acceptance criteria. 11.1.4.1 Mechanical testing of arc welded studs is used to evaluate weld soundness, tensile properties, and ductility of the stud weld. 11.1.1.2 When specified, this standard is applicable to the following: 11.1.4.2 These tests are primarily used as a welding procedure qualification method to evaluate welding parameters and surface preparation. (1) Qualification of materials, welding operators, and welding procedure; 11.1.5 Apparatus. Apparatus used shall be capable of firmly holding the test assembly and applying the bending force or torque as needed. (2) Information, basis of inspection and fabrication quality control (when acceptance criteria have been established); and 11.1.6 Specimens 11.1.6.1 Test specimens shall be prepared by welding the studs being tested (qualified) to specimen plates of the appropriate base metal as specified in 11.1.1.3. (3) Research and development. 11.1.1.3 When these tests are specified, the following information shall be furnished: 11.1.6.2 Test specimens shall be made using the appropriate automatic timing, voltage, current, and gun settings for lift and plunge as recorded in 11.1.1.3. (1) Weld procedure (process and parameters); (2) The specific tests and number of specimens that are required; 11.1.7 Procedure. The following are two test procedures as specified in Part 11.1.3: (3) Base metal specification/identification; (4) Position of welding; (1) Bend Testing. The required number of welded specimens shall be tested by bending the required number of degrees from their original axis. Bending may be done by striking the stud with a hammer or by bending it using a length of tube or pipe as shown in Figure 11.1.1; and (5) Stud analyses or specification (part number), or both; (6) Type of testing; (7) Acceptance criteria; and (2) Torque Testing. The required number of stud welded specimens shall be tested by applying a torque using equipment as shown in Figure 11.1.2. A steel sleeve or washers, of appropriate size are placed over the stud. A nut of the same material as the stud is tightened against the washer bearing on the sleeve, using a torque wrench. Tightening the nut applies the tensile load to the weld. Torque is applied until the specified level is reached or the weld fails. The results of this test may be significantly affected by friction. Care should be taken to minimize this effect. (8) For bend testing, the maximum angle of bend must be specified, and for torque testing, the torque to be used must be specified. 11.1.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. 11.1.8 Report. In addition to the requirements of applicable documents, the report shall include the following: AWS Documents: AWS C5.4, Recommended Practices for Stud Welding (1) Test results and observations, (2) The information listed in Part 11.1.1.3, and AWS D1.1, Structural Welding CodeSteel 11.1.3 Summary of Method. The specimen is tested by one of two methods: (3) Drawings showing shapes and dimensions of studs and arc shields. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 100 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Figure 11.1.1Equipment for Bend Tests for Welded Studs óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 101 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 11.1.2Equipment for Applying a Tensile Load to a Welded Stud Using Torque 102 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ 11.2 Resistance Welding Test7 (1) Peel Test. The peel test is used to determine the weld button diameter and fracture mode of spot and projection welds; 11.2.1 Scope 11.2.1.1 This subclause covers the destructive testing used to determine the weld quality and mechanical properties of resistance spot, seam, and projection welds. (2) Bend Test. This test, which was developed for aluminum and its alloys, is used for a quick check of production spot weld soundness, particularly for freedom from cracks or micro fissures. The bend test is not precise enough to calibrate equipment, evaluate machine performance, or to set-up and qualify welding schedules. It is intended as a supplement to the shear or peel tests. It can be performed with equipment which is readily available in most shops and requires only visual examination of the specimen; and When testing of resistance welds is required, the test specimens and procedure shall conform to this standard. This standard does not specify requirements or acceptance criteria. 11.2.1.1 This standard is applicable to the following, where specified: (3) Chisel Test. The test consists of forcing a tool into the lap on each side of the weld until the lap joint separates. (1) Qualification of materials, welding personnel, welding procedures; (2) Information, specification of acceptance, manufacturing quality control; and 11.2.3.2 Mechanical Property Tests. The following tests are used to assess the mechanical properties for spot, seam, and projection welds: (3) Research and development. (1) Tension-Shear Test. This test consists of pulling a test specimen in tension to destruction on a standard tensile testing machine and determining its tension-shear characteristics; 11.2.1.2 When this standard is used the following information shall be furnished: (1) Weld procedure (process and parameters); (2) The specific types and number of specimens required; (2) Tension Test. The purpose of the tension test is to provide a method to determine the spot weld strength under tensile loading; (3) Base metal specification and thickness; (3) Cross-Joint Tension Test. This form of tension test is designed to stress the weld in a direction normal to the surface of the material so that tension at right angles to the plane of the joint is produced; (4) Electrode material, diameter, and shape; (5) Base metal surface condition; and (6) Postweld temper time. (4) U-Specimen Tension Test. The purpose of this test is to also determine the tension strength of spot weld but is limited to base metal thicknesses and material that can be readily bent into a U-shape; 11.2.2 Normative References. The following standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute mandatory provisions of this test. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced standard shall apply. For dated references, subsequent amendments to, or revisions of, any of these publications do not apply. (5) Pull Test. The pull test determines the resistance of the welded joint to the opening mode of fracture. This test may also be referred to as a 90p peel test; AWS Documents: (6) Torsion Shear Test. The torsion-shear test may be used where the strength and ductility of a spot weld is required; AWS C1.4M/C1.4, Specification for Resistance Welding of Carbon and Low-Alloy Steels (7) Impact Test. The impact test differentiates between degrees of weld resistance to fracture under impact load. Five types of spot weld impact tests are described in this standard; 11.2.3 Summary of Method 11.2.3.1 Weld Quality Tests. Three tests used to determine the quality of resistance welds are: (8) Fatigue Test. This test is used to evaluate the fatigue performance of spot and projection welds for certain applications; and 7 Test procedure adopted from AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practices for Resistance Welding. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 103 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (9) Pillow or Pressure Test. This test is used to determine the leak-tightness of seam welds. The test can also be used to determine the fatigue strength of the welded joint under cyclic pressures. (9) U-specimen tension-impact loading test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.11, and (10) Fatigue test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.6. 11.2.6.3 Mechanical Property Seam Weld Test Specimen. The details of the test specimens for seam welds are found in the following figures: Weld quality and mechanical property testing of resistance spot and seam welds are described further in 11.2.7 and 11.2.8. (1) Tension-shear test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.6, and 11.2.4 Significance. The weld quality and mechanical tests described herein involve testing of welded specimens rather than the actual welded part. The test specimens should be representative of the production parts with respect to material, size, shape, thickness combination, surface condition or preparation, contact overlap, and weld spacing (spot and projection welds) or welds per inch (mm) (seam welds). A spot or projection welded test specimen may require only one weld if there is no significant shunt current effect caused by adjacent welds during welding of the actual parts. (2) Pillow or pressure test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.20. 11.2.7 Procedure for Weld Quality Tests. Procedures for the weld quality tests are discussed below: (1) Peel Test. The test consists of peeling apart a test specimen as shown in Figure 11.2.2. The specimen contact overlap should be large enough to allow the specimen to be gripped and peeled apart. To determine the current shunting effect, several spot welds can be made using the desired spacing. The sample is cut transversely before peeling starts, using the last weld made as the test sample. Three welds are recommended for this adaptation as shown in Figure 11.2.1. The size of the weld button can be measured, as shown in Figure 11.2.3, to determine if it meets the minimum requirement; 11.2.5 Apparatus. The various fixtures, apparatus, and machines required for the performance of weld quality and mechanical property testing of spot and seam welds are described in 11.2.7 and 11.2.8. 11.2.6 Specimens 11.2.6.1 Weld Quality Test Specimens. The details of the test specimens are found in the following figures: (2) Bend Test. The test consists of bending a test specimen which is removed from a routine micro-section containing three welds as shown in Figure 11.2.4. The test specimen is bent along its length to the angles shown to produce a concentration of the bending stresses successively in each of the three welds. Before bending, the edges of the specimens should be rounded and smoothed to remove burrs. After bending, the specimen is examined for the presence of cracks or any other surface defects. This test may also be used for seam welds; and (1) Peel test specimens are shown in Figure 11.2.1, (2) Bend test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.4, and (3) Chisel test specimen is illustrated in Figure 11.2.5. 11.2.6.2 Mechanical Property Spot Weld Test Specimens. The details of the test specimens are found in the following figures: (1) Tension-shear test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.6, (3) Chisel Test. This simple test consists of forcing a tool into the lap on each side of the weld until the lap metal separates, as shown in Figure 11.2.5. A weld is considered acceptable if it has an average button diameter equal to or greater than a specified value. The button size is determined in the same manner as in the peel test. This test differs from the peel test in that actual production parts, selected at random, are evaluated. (2) Cross-joint tension test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.8, (3) U-specimen tension test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.11, (4) Pull test specimen is illustrated in Figure 11.2.13, (5) Torsion-shear test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.14, 11.2.8 Procedures for Mechanical Property Tests (6) Tension-shear impact test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.6, 11.2.8.1 Spot Weld Tests. The procedures to test mechanical properties for spot welds are discussed below: (7) Cross-joint drop-impact test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.15, (1) Tension Shear Test. The test specimen is made by overlapping two strips of metal and joining them by a single weld. The dimensions of the test specimen are shown in Figure 11.2.6. For specimens 0.10 in (2.6 mm) (8) U-specimen shear-impact test specimen is shown in Figure 11.2.11, 104 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ 0.19 in (4.8 mm) thick. Figure 11.2.10(B) shows a specimen in the lower portion of the test fixture. thick and over, it is suggested that pads be attached to specimens to avoid bending in the grips of the testing machine. Tension at right angles to the plane of the joint is produced by applying compression to the fixtures holding the specimens. The U-shaped yokes with the hold down screws are used to partially restrain the specimen from bending by introducing semifixed ends to the beam represented by each separate plate. Figure 11.2.10(B) shows the specimen completely assembled in the fixture with the compression head of the testing machine in contact with the fixture and ready to apply load to the specimen; The ultimate strength of the specimen and the mode of failure, such as shearing of the weld metal, or tearing of the base metal, and type of fracture (ductile or brittle) is determined. It may also be desirable to measure and report the bend angle between the weld interface and the tensile axis at fracture, as shown in Figure 11.2.7. Note that this angle may also be referred to as the angle of twist. The bend angle value is an important parameter which not only characterizes the stress conditions and the plastic deformation of the weld interface and adjacent base metal, but also can be correlated with the fracture mode of the welded joint. Normally, a small bend angle is associated with weld interface shear failure. A large bend angle is associated with the fracture of the base metal adjacent to the weld; (4) U-Specimen Tension Test. A tension test may also be made on U-shaped specimens as shown in Figure 11.2.11. The U-section specimens are welded as shown and pulled to destruction in a standard tensile testing machine. Supporting or spacer blocks must be provided, as shown in Figure 11.2.12, for confining the sample so that loading takes place at the weld. This test is limited to those thicknesses and metals that can readily be bent to the radius indicated. For magnesium, high-strength aluminum alloys, and other alloys that cannot tolerate the indicated radius of bend, the radius must be increased to a suitable value; (2) Tension Test. This test is used to determine the spot weld strength under tensile loading. The ultimate strength of the weld, the diameter of the weld button, and the method of fracture can also be determined. The ultimate tensile strength determined by this test is a better measure of sensitivity to embrittlement due to stress concentration at the spot weld than is the tensile shear strength obtained with the tensile shear test. The ratio of the tensile strength to the tension shear strength is frequently referred to as the ductility of the weld. Two types of tension tests, the cross-joint tension test and the Uspecimen tension test, are used as specified by the design requirements of the part being welded and the testing fixtures available; For this test, a conventional tensile testing machine is used to provide the tension force. The grips serve as reinforcement plates to minimize the elongation of the specimen in regions outside the weld. The distances between the sheets surfaces of the welded joint, positioned in the horizontal plane (at 90p to the tension axis), and the adjacent end surfaces of the grips should be sufficiently small to minimize the elongation, but large enough so that the grip ends do not interfere with the deformation of the welded joint during the test. In preparation of a 90p pull arm, the weld nugget should not be disturbed. This can be achieved by clamping the nugget of the spot weld specimen in a vise so that the edge of the vise is aligned with the pull edge of the nugget, and bending one sheet of the specimen to 90p with respect to the other sheet. The distance from the load axis of the pull arm to the nuggets pull edge should be equal to the minimum bend radius of the metal to avoid cracking. For a given material and temper, the selected or experimental minimum bend radius should be the same for a data comparison. For ductile metals, the minimum bend radius of curvature should not exceed the thickness of one of the welded sheets; (3) Cross-Joint Tension Test. This test is designed to apply a tensile stress to the spot weld in a direction normal to the surface of the material. Dimensions of the welded cross-joint tension specimens are shown in Figure 11.2.8. Special holding fixtures are constructed to apply tension normal to the specimens. The fixture for holding the 2 in I 6 in (50 mm I 152 mm) cross specimen of Figure 11.2.8A is shown in Figure 11.2.9. The fixture is intended for sheet thicknesses up to 0.19 in (4.8 mm). Various methods of holding the fixture in the testing machine may be used, such as pin connections, wedge grips, or threaded-end testing fixture. A self-aligning feature is desirable and precautions should be taken to prevent the specimen from slipping in the holding fixture. The fixture for holding the 3 in I 8 in (76 mm I 204 mm) cross-joint specimen of Figure 11.2.8(B) is shown in Figure 11.2.10. This fixture is intended for thicknesses over 105 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó (5) Pull Test. The pull test is used to determine the resistance of the welded joint to the opening mode of fracture. Tensile load is applied at a 90p angle to the joint interface as shown in Figure 11.2.13. It should be noted that this test may also be referred to as a 90p peel test. ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé (6) Torsion Shear Test. A torsion-shear test for evaluating spot welds may be used where a measure of the strength and ductility is required. A typical set-up for this test is shown in Figure 11.2.14. Torsional shear is applied on the weld of a square test specimen by placing the specimen between two recessed plates. The upper (gate) plate is held rigid by a hinge while the lower plate is fastened to a rotating disk. After the specimen is placed in the square recess of the lower plate, the upper plate is closed over it and locked in position. Torque is applied by means of a rack and pinion attached to the disk. It is important that the upper and lower sheets of the specimen be engaged separately by the two plates and that the weld be centrally located with respect to the axis of rotation. where SL = tension shear stress [psi (Pa)], and Mc/I = 2L/A. Three values are determined for the weld area: or, where L = straight shear load [pound-force (N)], and A = cross-sectional area [in2 (m2)]. TD/2 2L ------------------ = --------------4 2 D /32 D /4 Where solving for L gives the following result: L = 2T/D (a) Ultimate torque required to twist the weld to destruction [computed by multiplying the maximum load in pound-force (Newtons)] by the moment arm in inches (mm), Shear load [pound-force (N-m)] = 2-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------{ultimate torque [in pound-force (N-m)]}Weld diameter [in (m)] The above formula gives the approximate relation between shear strength and torque required to shear the weld, thereby permitting evaluation of the shear strength by torsional testing, or calculating the ultimate torque from the shear load. (b) Angle of twist at ultimate torque (measured by the angle of rotation at maximum load), and (c) Weld diameter (measured after the test specimen is broken). The weld strength can be determined using the ultimate torque and weld diameter, and the ductility by the angle of twist. When tested and computed as indicated above, the strength values for single spot welds may be determined. (7) Impact Tests. Five types of impact tests are described here: It is possible to use the test values obtained (ultimate torque, angle of twist, and weld diameter) to indicate quality. This may be done by using the standard torsional formula: (a) Tension Shear-Impact Test. This test is limited to thicknesses up to 0.125 in (3.2 mm). A satisfactory shear-impact test for spot welds may be obtained by using the 2 in I 6 in (50 mm I 152 mm) tension shear specimen (see Figure 11.2.6), and a modified 11 poundforce to 22 pound-force (50 N to 100 N) pendulum-type impact testing machine. To satisfactorily test welds in sheets up to and including 0.125 in (3.2 mm) thickness, it is necessary to have pendulum bobs of different weights. St = Mc/I where I = St = M = c = moment of inertia [in4 (m4)], Torsional shear stress [psi (Pa)], torque [in pound-force (N-m)], and distance from external fiber to central axis [in (m)]. In this type of test, the specimen is held by serrated wedge grips in the special pendulum bob and cross-head attachments. When the machine is operated, both the cross-head and bob, which are connected by the welded specimen, fall until the cross-head is caught by adjustable anvils at the bottom of the pendulum swing. The pendulum bob is free to continue its swing, and will do so, provided sufficient energy is available to fracture the specimen. The residual swing of the pendulum indicates the impact load, in foot-pound-force (N-m), necessary to break the weld. Care should be taken to properly tighten the wedge grips so that no errors are introduced by slippage of the specimen during the test. If grip slippage is a The torsional shear stress values obtained for the external fibers, termed the modulus of rupture, are directly proportional to the tension shear stress. The modulus of rupture, as determined by actual tests on low-carbon steels, was found to be approximately twice the tension shear stress. An additional benefit of torsional testing is that it also allows the determination of tension shear strength by using the following equations: St = 2SL 106 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Substituting ultimate torque (T) for torque (M), and L for straight shear load yields: ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó serious problem, pin connections may be used to supplement the grips. The striking surface of the cross-head and the impact-receiving surface of the anvil should be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the specimen to preclude errors caused by twist load. Tests may be made at various velocities which should be no less than 10 ft/s (3 m/s) or more than 20 ft/s (6 m/s). Velocity should always be stated as a maximum tangential velocity of the cross-head striking surface. The impact value should be taken as the energy absorbed in breaking the weld, and is equal to the difference between the energy in the entire striking unit, which may, for example, consist of pendulum, pendulum bob, specimen, and cross-head, at the instant of impact with the anvil and the energy remaining after breaking the weld. For maximum energy, the kinetic energy imparted to the tooling should be taken into account. Similar to the requirements for tension shear test, it is desirable to determine and report the bending angle at fracture as measured after the test. (76 mm) to permit the small clearance between the inside surfaces of the fork and the clamped upper plate. When calibrated springs are used to measure the remaining energy after the test, the maximum deflection of the springs may be indicated by an aluminum push rod moving between a pair of bronze friction plates. The amount of friction may be controlled by means of spring loaded machine screws. An arm on the aluminum push rod provides a convenient place for an indicator dial gauge to be used to measure the maximum deflection of the springs (see Figure 11.2.16). A calibration curve for residual energy may be obtained by dropping the weight from various heights corresponding to various potential energies of the moving system. The results obtained with the cross-joint drop-impact test are subject to two types of error. Both of these are concerned with the behavior of thinner plates and the softer types of steel. One source of error is the inability to restrain the lower plate against bending. In this case, if the lower plate is thin and soft, too much bending will be produced, and either the specimen will not break or a large portion of the impact energy will be absorbed in bending the plate. Although the ability of a weld to force the plate to bend may be a good indication of weld quality, the resultant impact energy absorbed by bending will not be a good measure of the weld strength. On the other hand, severe plastic deformation of the plate material in the vicinity of the weld is a much better indicator of weld quality. Therefore, plate bending at some distance from the weld should be avoided. The second source of error in impact testing is bending of the upper plate and slippage of the specimen in the clamps. Both of these cause absorption of additional energy, and a true measure of weld toughness is not obtained. When making shear-impact tests, some of the energy is absorbed in plastic deformation of the sheets. In order to control the extent of this deformation, the distance between grips should be not less than 4.9 in (125 mm) nor more than 5.1 in (129 mm). Since large changes in spot weld impact strength occur with relatively small changes in sheet thickness and weld size, the coverage obtained by any one pendulum bob assembly is limited. (b) Cross-Joint Drop-Impact Test. Since the range of the ordinary pendulum-type impact testing machine will not permit tension shear impact tests to be made on spot welded sheets of thicknesses greater than 0.125 in (3.2 mm), a different procedure must be used to apply impact loads to welds in heavier gage metals. The most critical direction in which an impact load may be applied to spot welds in heavy plate is in a direction normal to the plate surfaces. This may be accomplished using a test specimen similar to that used for the cross-joint tension test with added reinforcement as shown in Figure 11.2.15. In order to avoid the possibilities for errors mentioned above, two methods may be used to minimize bending and grip slippage in the upper plate. One is to provide serrated jaws for clamping to prevent slippage. The other is to place another plate directly over the upper plate and to attach these plates at their ends by additional spot welds, as illustrated in Figure 11.2.15. In this case, the extra plate is in compression during the test, preventing excessive plate bending due to grip slippage. In the testing of a thin plate welded to a thicker one, the heavier plate is arranged to be struck by the falling weight. The precautions as mentioned above should be used with the upper plate to ensure a satisfactory impact test. If both plates are thin and soft, it may be necessary to reinforce the lower plate in a manner similar to that used to stiffen the upper plate. The principal components of a drop weight impact machine are a vertically guided, free falling weight, a rigidly supported anvil, and a pair of calibrated springs placed below the specimen or other type of force transducer arrangement to measure the remaining energy of the weight after the weld fractures (see Figure 11.2.16). The lower portion of the weight is designed as a fork to assure that the impact of the weight will be applied equally to both sides of the lower plate of the specimen. The width of the opening between the two prongs of the fork of the weight is made 3.12 in (79 mm), 0.12 in (3 mm) greater than the specimen plate width of 3.0 in (c) U-Specimen Shear-Impact Test. This test utilizes the specimen made by joining two U-shaped sec- 107 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé The selected fatigue testing machine should permit cycling between the intended stress or strain limits. For constant-amplitude low-cycle (less than 105 cycles) fatigue, the machine control stability should be such that the respective stress or strain limit is repeatable from cycle to cycle to within 0.5% of the average control limit and repeatable over the test duration to within 2% of the average control limit. Either strain rate or frequency of cycling should be constant for the duration of each test. Although constant strain rate testing is often preferred to constant frequency testing, the latter may be of greater practical significance to the fatigue analysis of resistance welds for certain applications. In high-cycle fatigue tests, the test load should be monitored continuously in the early stage of the test and periodically maintained. tions back to back by a single spot weld as shown in Figure 11.2.11. The specimen is dynamically loaded in a pendulum type impact testing machine with at least a 220 foot-pound-force (300 N-m) capacity. The test fixture is so designed that the force applied in fracturing the specimen is essentially in shear as shown in Figure 11.2.17. The operation of this test is similar to that described for the tension shear-impact test. The energy [foot-poundforce (N-m)] consumed in fracturing the specimen and the mode of failure are recorded. (d) U-Specimen Tension-Impact Loading Test. This test also utilizes the U-shaped test specimen shown in Figure 11.2.11. In this case, the test fixture is so designed that the forces applied in fracturing the specimen are in tension as shown in Figure 11.2.18. In all other respects, this test is the same as the U-specimen shearimpact test. The machine should have minimal backlash in the loading train. The varying stress, as determined by a suitable dynamic verification, should be maintained at all times to within 2% of the machine operating range. Below a certain frequency (e.g., 170 Hz depending on the metal), the fatigue effects due to frequency are negligible. Above this frequency, the effect of frequency on the fatigue strength may be significant and should be reported particularly if the materials are strain rate sensitive. As in the tension shear test, the rotation (twisting) angle (see Figure 11.2.7) of the weld interface should be recorded (e.g., by photographs) to characterize the stress conditions and plastic deformation, and to correlate it with the fracture mode of the welded joint and adjacent base metal. (e) Instrumented Impact Test. The instrumented impact test electronically records the load versus time and the impact energy versus time traces to follow the dynamic fracture process of the specimen. The instrument consists of: 1. Load transducer placed on the pendulum bob to sense the specimen loading, 2. Electronic signal conditioning circuit, and 3. Graphic recording equipment for plotting the transducer output versus time. For certain alloys and specimen configurations, load signal oscillation may occur and become excessive. The accuracy of load values is assured if sufficient damping is achieved. For an accurate determination of the peak load, it should be required that the time to the peak load is at least three times the period of oscillation. To evaluate the fatigue performance of the welded joint, the following information should be reported: (1) Total number of cycles to failure (Nf), which should be accompanied by the following information: (a) The failure definition used in the determination of Nf (e.g., crack size or complete separation), (8) Fatigue Test. The Fatigue test is performed using the shear test specimen (see Figure 11.2.6). The specimen is mounted in the fatigue tester using utmost care to align the weld with the force center. Fatigue tests of spot and projection welds are often conducted with a ratio of minimum stress to maximum stress of 0.1. Maximum tensile load should never occur at less than 25% of the machines operating range. There are different types of fatigue testing machines, such as: (b) Location of crack initiation, (c) Frequency of cycling and shape of load time curve (d) Mode of control (e.g., load, stress, continuous strain control, or strain limit control. (e) Axial stress ratio R, where: (a) Mechanical (eccentric crank, power screws, rotating masses) type; Minimum axial stressR = ---------------------------------------------------Maximum axial stress (b) Hydraulic or electrohydraulic type; and For zero minimum axial stress, R = 0 (c) Electromechanical or magnetically driven type. (2) Rotation angle immediately before or at failure. A typical fatigue test set-up is shown in Figure 11.2.19. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 108 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ 11.2.8.2 Seam Weld Tests 11.2.9 Report (1) Tension Shear Test. To determine the shear strength of a seam weld, the tension shear test specimen (see Figure 11.2.6) previously described should contain a seam weld, in place of the spot weld, perpendicular to the axis of the tensile load. 11.2.9.1 In addition to the requirements of the applicable documents (see 11.2.2) the report shall include the following for each specimen tested: (1) The specific test and number of specimens required; (2) Pillow Test or Pressure Test. Seam welding is an extension of spot welding where the spots provide a continuous weld. This type of weld is usually employed where leak-tightness is required. A test simulating the service conditions of the welded joint furnishes the best measure of the weld quality. (2) Base metal specification and thickness; (3) Base metal surface condition; (4) Electrode material, diameter, and shape; (5) Welding parameters and schedule; and For this purpose, two flat plates of the same thickness, as used in production, are prepared and seam welded around the outside edge, sealing the space between the plates. A pipe connection is then welded to a hole drilled in the top plate as shown in Figure 11.2.20. After the assembly is attached to a hydraulic system, pressure is applied. (6) Postweld temper time. 11.2.9.2 Test data for spot and seam welding should be recorded on test results sheets similar to Figures 11.2.21 and 11.2.22. 11.2.10 Commentary. During chisel testing of spot welds care should be exercised not to score/nick any portion of the weld nugget. The slightest score/nick on a weld nugget may cause a notch effect/stress riser and result in premature fracture initiation and be indicative of inadequate nugget size. The pillow can be so distorted as to cause excessive loading in some spots with little loading in other spots. Consequently, it may be necessary to restrict deformation of the pillow by inserting a plate above and below it while testing, particularly in soft or thin material. The measure of a good weld is no leakage at a prescribed pressure or when failure occurs in the base metal. The pillow specimen can be tested under cyclic pressures to determine the fatigue strength of the welded joint. When push out testing of production welds, the mandrel ID shall not exceed the OD of the nut or stud head by a dimension greater than 0.125 in (3 mm). When an oversize mandrel is used the first projection to yield will usually pull a nugget and the remaining nuggets will fail due to fracture, especially in base metal thickness less than 0.2 in (5 mm). This is due to base metal deformation following the yielding of the first nugget, and the nonuniform loading of the remaining nuggets. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 11.2.8.3 Projection Weld Test. Weld quality and mechanical property tests for resistance spot welds may be applied for production welds. However, some modifications may be required due to workpiece geometry or dissimilarity in metal thickness joined. 109 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ì øÌ¸·½µ²»--÷ É Ô ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ Ü Ë° ¬± ðòðîç ðòðíð ¬± ðòðëè ðòðëç ¬± ðòïîë Ë° ¬± øðòéì÷ øðòéê ¬± ïòìé÷ øïòë ¬± íòî÷ ðòêí ïòðð ïòëð øïê÷ øîë÷ øíè÷ î í ì øëð÷ øéê÷ øïðî÷ Í»» ³·²·³«³ ©»´¼ -°¿½·²¹ ·² Î»½±³³»²¼»¼ Ð®¿½¬·½» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 4. Figure 11.2.1Peel Test Specimen 110 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 3. Figure 11.2.2Peel Test Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 5. Figure 11.2.3Measurement of a Weld Button Resulting from the Peel Test 111 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Ì øÌ¸·½µ²»--÷ É Ô ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ Ü Ë° ¬± ðòðîç ðòðíð ¬± ðòðëè ðòðëç ¬± ðòïîë Ë° ¬± øðòéì÷ øðòéê ¬± ïòìé÷ øïòë ¬± íòî÷ ðòêí ïòðð ïòëð øïê÷ øîë÷ øíè÷ î í ì øëð÷ øéê÷ øïðî÷ Í»» ³·²·³«³ ©»´¼ -°¿½·²¹ ·² Î»½±³³»²¼»¼ Ð®¿½¬·½» Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 6. Figure 11.2.4Bend Test Specimen 112 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 7. Figure 11.2.5Spot Weld Chisel Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 113 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ì øÌ¸·½µ²»-- ±º Ì¸·²²»® Í¸»»¬÷ É øÍ°»½·³»² É·¼¬¸÷ Ô øÎ»½±³³»²¼»¼ Ô»²¹¬¸ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ Ë° ¬± ðòðíð ðòðíï ¬± ðòðëð ðòðëï ¬± ðòïðð ðòïðï ¬± ðòïíð ðòïíï ¬± ðòïçð ðòïçï ¿²¼ ±ª»® Ë° ¬± øðòéê÷ øðòéç ¬± ïòîé÷ øïòí ¬± îòë÷ øîòê ¬± íòí÷ øíòí ¬± ìòè÷ øìòè÷ ¿²¼ ±ª»® ðòêí ðòéë ïòðð ïòîë ïòëð îòðð øïê÷ øïç÷ øîë÷ øíî÷ øíè÷ øëð÷ í í ì ë ë ê øéê÷ øéê÷ øïðî÷ øïîé÷ øïîé÷ øïëî÷ Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 8. Figure 11.2.6Specimen for Tension Shear Test and Tension Shear Impact Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 114 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 9. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 11.2.7Twisting Angle at Fracture in Tension Shear Test 115 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 10. Figure 11.2.8Cross-Tension Test Specimens 116 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 11. Figure 11.2.9Fixture for Cross-Tension Test (for Thickness up to 0.19 in [4.8 mm]) 117 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 12. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 11.2.10Fixture for Cross-Tension Test (for Thickness 0.19 in [4.8 mm] and Over) 118 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Ì øÌ¸·½µ²»--÷ ·² Ë° ¬± ðòïðð ðòïðï ¿²¼ ±ª»® ø³³÷ É ·² ß ø³³÷ ·² Þ ø³³÷ Ü ·² ø³³÷ ·² Î¿ Û ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ Ë° ¬± øîòëì÷ ï øîë÷ ï øîë÷ ðòë øïí÷ ðòíí øèòí÷ ï øîë÷ ðòïê øìòð÷ øîòëê÷ ¿²¼ ±ª»® î øëð÷ î øëð÷ ïòð øîë÷ ðòëê øïìòí÷ î øëð÷ ðòîë øêòì÷ ¿ Ú±® ³¿¹²»-·«³ô ¸·¹¸ó-¬®»²¹¬¸ ¿´«³·²«³ ¿´´±§- ¿²¼ ±¬¸»® ¿´´±§- ¬¸¿¬ ½¿²²±¬ ¬±´»®¿¬» ¬¸»-» ®¿¼··ô ¬¸» ®¿¼·«- ³«-¬ ¾» ·²½®»¿-»¼ ¬± ¿ -«·¬¿¾´» ª¿´«» ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ´·³·¬- ±º ¬¸» ½¿°¿¾·´·¬§ ±º ¬¸» °¿®¬·½«´¿® ³¿¬»®·¿´ò ×¬ ·- ¼»-·®¿¾´» ¬± º±®³ ¬¸»-» -°»½·³»²- ©·¬¸±«¬ ¬¸» ²»½»--·¬§ ±º ¸»¿¬·²¹ ¿- ¬¸·- ©·´´ ³±¼·º§ ¬¸» ®»-«´¬-ò Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 13. 119 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 11.2.11Specimen for U Specimen Tension Test and U Specimen Shear Impact Test ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Ì øÌ¸·½µ²»--÷ ·² Ë° ¬± ðòïðð ðòïðï ¿²¼ ±ª»® ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé É ß Þ Ü Î¿ Û Ô ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ ·² ø³³÷ Ë° ¬± øîòëì÷ ï øîë÷ ï øîë÷ ðòë øïí÷ ðòíì øèòé÷ ï øîë÷ ðòïê øìòð÷ îòîë øëé÷ øîòëê÷ ¿²¼ ±ª»® î øëð÷ î øëð÷ ïòð øîë÷ ðòëê øïìòí÷ î øëð÷ ðòîë øêòì÷ íòîë øèî÷ ¿ Ú±® ³¿¹²»-·«³ô ¸·¹¸ó-¬®»²¹¬¸ ¿´«³·²«³ ¿´´±§- ¿²¼ ±¬¸»® ¿´´±§- ¬¸¿¬ ½¿²²±¬ ¬±´»®¿¬» ¬¸»-» ®¿¼··ô ¬¸» ®¿¼·«- ³«-¬ ¾» ·²½®»¿-»¼ ¬± ¿ -«·¬¿¾´» ª¿´«» ©·¬¸·² ¬¸» ´·³·¬- ±º ¬¸» ½¿°¿¾·´·¬§ ±º ¬¸» °¿®¬·½«´¿® ³¿¬»®·¿´ò ×¬ ·- ¼»-·®¿¾´» ¬± º±®³ ¬¸»-» -°»½·³»²- ©·¬¸±«¬ ¬¸» ²»½»--·¬§ ±º ¸»¿¬·²¹ ¿- ¬¸·- ©·´´ ³±¼·º§ ¬¸» ®»-«´¬-ò Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 14. Figure 11.2.12U-Tension Test Jig óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 120 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 15. Figure 11.2.13Pull Test (90° Peel Test) 121 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 16. Figure 11.2.14Test Specimen and Typical Equipment for Torsion-Shear Test 122 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 17. Figure 11.2.15Drop-Impact Test Specimen 123 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 18. Figure 11.2.16Drop-Impact Test Machine Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 19. Figure 11.2.17Test Fixture for Shear-Impact Loading Test 124 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 20. Figure 11.2.18Test Fixture for Tension-Impact Loading Test óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó 125 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 21. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Figure 11.2.19Fatigue Testing Machine 126 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 22 Figure 11.2.20Pillow Test for Seam Welds óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ 127 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÎÛÍ×ÍÌßÒÝÛ ÉÛÔÜ×ÒÙ ÜßÌß ÍØÛÛÌ ÛÏË×ÐÓÛÒÌ ×ÜÛÒÌ×Ú×ÝßÌ×ÑÒ ÌÇÐÛ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÍÛÎ×ßÔ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÌÎßÒÍÚÑÎÓÛÎ ÒÑò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÎßÌ×ÒÙ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÝÑÒÌÎÑÔ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í×ÜÛ ß Í×ÜÛ Þ Ì¸·½µ²»-- É»´¼ Ý«®®»²¬ ß°°®±¨ò ß²¿´§-·- ø¬§°»÷ Íò Ýò Ý«®®»²¬ Ì¿° ¿²¼ñ±® Ð¸¿-» Í»¬¬·²¹ Ì¸®±¿¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Í«®º¿½» Ý±²¼ò Ì¸®±¿¬ Í°¿½·²¹ Ë´¬·³¿¬» Í¬®»²¹¬¸ Ç·»´¼ Í¬®»²¹¬¸ Í§²½¸®±²±«- ±® Ò±²-§²½¸®±²±«- ¬·³·²¹ Û´±²¹¿¬·±² û Ø»¿¬ Ì·³» Î»¼ò ·² ß®»¿ û Í¯«»»¦» Ì·³» Ø¿®¼²»-- Ý±±´ Ì·³» Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ø±´¼ Ì·³» Í¸¿°» Ò±ò ±º Ð«´-¿¬·±²Û´»½¬®±¼» Ú±®½» Í¯«»»¦» Ú±®½» Ú±®¹·²¹ Ú±®½» Ì»²-·±² Í¸»¿® Ì»-¬ Ì»²-·±² Ì»-¬ Ü·¿³»¬»® Ç·»´¼ Ð±·²¬ Ñª»®´¿° ±® Ú´¿²¹» Ë´¬·³¿¬» Í°¿½·²¹ ÌÑÎÍ×ÑÒßÔ Í·¦» Ý±²¬±«® Ó±¼ò ±º Î«°¬ò Ü»¹®»» Ì©·-¬ ¿¬ Ë´¬ò ×²¼»²¬¿¬·±² Ò«¹¹»¬ Í·¦» Ñ¬¸»® Ì»-¬-æ Ò«³¾»® Ô±½¿¬·±² Î»³¿®µ-æ Ð¸±¬±- Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 34. Figure 11.2.21Suggested Data Sheet for Resistance Spot and Projection Welding 128 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ÝÔßËÍÛ ïïò ÐÎÑÝÛÍÍ ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×Ý ÌÛÍÌÍ ÎÛÍ×ÍÌßÒÝÛ ÉÛÔÜ×ÒÙ ÜßÌß ÍØÛÛÌ ÛÏË×ÐÓÛÒÌ ×ÜÛÒÌ×Ú×ÝßÌ×ÑÒ ÌÇÐÛ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÍÛÎ×ßÔ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÌÎßÒÍÚÑÎÓÛÎ ÒÑò ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÎßÌ×ÒÙ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ ÝÑÒÌÎÑÔ ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ Í×ÜÛ ß Í×ÜÛ Þ Ì¸·½µ²»-- É»´¼ Ý«®®»²¬ ß°°®±¨ò ß²¿´§-·- ø¬§°»÷ Íò Ýò Ý«®®»²¬ Ì¿° ¿²¼ñ±® Ð¸¿-» Í»¬¬·²¹ Ì¸®±¿¬ Ñ°»²·²¹ Í«®º¿½» Ý±²¼ò - Ë´¬·³¿¬» Í¬®»²¹¬¸ Ì¸®±¿¬ Í°¿½·²¹ Í§²½¸®±²±«- ±® Ò±²-§²½¸®±²±«- Ì·³·²¹ Ç·»´¼ Í¬®»²¹¬¸ óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Û´±²¹¿¬·±² û Ø»¿¬ Ì·³» Î»¼ò ·² ß®»¿ û Ý±±´ Ì·³» Ø¿®¼²»-- Û´»½¬®±¼» Ú±®½» Ó¿¬»®·¿´ Ì»²-·±² Í¸»¿® Ì»-¬ Í¸¿°» Ì»²-·±² Ì»-¬ Ç·»´¼ Ð±·²¬ ÌÑÎÍ×ÑÒßÔ Ë´¬·³¿¬» Ó±¼ò ±º Î«°¬ò Ü»¹®»» Ì©·-¬ ¿¬ Ë´¬ò Î±´´ Í°»»¼ ·² °»® ³·² ø³³ °»® ³·²÷ ×²¼»²¬¿¬·±² Í°±¬- °»® ·² ø³³÷ Ñ¬¸»® Ì»-¬-æ É·¼¬¸ ±º É»´¼ Ñª»®´¿° ±® Ú·´´»® Ô»²¹¬¸ ±º É»´¼ Î»³¿®µ-æ Ð¸±¬±- Source: Adapted from American Welding Society C1 Committee on Resistance Welding, AWS C1.1M/C1.1:2000, Recommended Practice for Resistance Welding, Miami: American Welding Society, Figure 35. Figure 11.2.22Suggested Data Sheet for Resistance Seam Welding 129 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» This page is intentionally blank. 130 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Annex A (Informative) Þ·¾´·±¹®¿°¸§ This annex is not part of AWS B4.0:2007, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds, but is included for informational purposes only. Controlled Thermal Severity Testing Bryhan, A. J. The effect of testing procedure on implant test results. Welding Journal 60(9): 169-s176-s, September, 1981. Cottrell, C. L. M. Controlled thermal severity cracking test simulates practical welded joints. Welding Journal 33(6): 257-s, 1953. Karppi, R., Ruusila, J., Saton, K., Toyada, M., and Vartiainen, K. Note on Standardization of Implant Test. Research Reports IIW FINLAND: Technical Research Centre of Finland, 1983. IX-1296-83. Houldcroft, P. T. A simple cracking test for use with argon arc welding. British Welding Journal 2(12): 471, 1955. British Standards Institution, BS 7363:1990, Methods for Controlled Thermal Severity (CTS) Test and Bead-On Plate (BOP) Test for Welds, 1990. Cruciform Testing Lehigh Restraint Test American Welding Society, Welding Handbook, Vol. 2. Miami, Florida: American Welding Society, 1978. Stout, R. D., Tor, S. S., McGready, L. J., and Doan, G. E. Quantitative measurement of the cracking tendency in welds. Welding Journal 25(9): 522-s531s, 1946. Linnert, G. E. Welding Metallurgy, Carbon and Alloy Steels, Third Edition, Vol. 2, 632634. Miami: American Welding Society, 1965. Stout, R. D. and Doty, W. D. Weldability of Steel. New York: Welding Research Council, 1987. Welding Research Council. Weldability of Steels, Ed. Stout and Doty: New York, NY: Welding Research Council. Varestraint Testing Savage, W.F. and Lundin, C.D. The varestraint test. Welding Journal 44(10): 435-s442-s, 1965. Poteat, L. E. and Warner, W. L. The cruciform test for plate-cracking susceptibility. Welding Journal 39(2): 70-s, 1960. Implant Test Savage, W.F. and Lundin, C.D. Application of the varestraint technique to the study of weldability. Welding Journal 45(11): 497-s503-s, 1966. Sawhill, J. M. Jr., Dix. A. W. and Savage, W. F. Modified implant test for studying delayed cracking. Welding Journal 53(12): 554s-560s, December, 1974. McKeown, D. Versatile weld metal cracking tests. Metal Construction and British Welding Journal 2(8): 351352, 1980. 131 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Wong, R. J. The effect of weld metal diffusible hydrogen on the cracking susceptibility of HY-80 steel. Hydrogen Embrittlement: Prevention and Control, ASTM STP 962, Raymond, ED., American Society for Testing and Materials. Philadelphia, pp. 274286, 1988. Pedder, C., and Hart, P. H. M. CTS testing procedures: the present position. The Welding Institute Research Bulletin 16(9): 264266, 1975. ßÒÒÛÈ ß ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Suzuki, H., Cold cracking and its prevention in steel welding, Transactions of the Japan Welding Society, vol. 9, No. 2, 1978. Lundin, C. D., Lingenfelter, A. S., Grotke, G. E., Lessmann, G. G., and Matthews, S. J. The Varestraint Test. Bulletin 280. New York: Welding Research Council, August, 1982. WIC Test Lin, W. A model for heat-affected zone liquation cracking. Welding in the World 30 (9/10): 236242, 1992. Thorn, K., Lazor, R. B., and Graville, B. A., Prediction of Weld Cracking Susceptibility, AGA PR-140-136, Nov. 1981. Lin, W., Lippold, J. C., and Baeslack III, W. A. An evaluation of heat-affected zone liquation cracking susceptibility, Part I: Development of a method for quantification. Welding Journal 72(4): 135-s153-s, 1993. Wong, R. J., Hydrogen Cracking Resistance of High Strength Steels in Single Pass and Multipass Weldability Tests, Proceedings of Symposium on Welding and Weld Automation in Shipbuilding, pp. 3346, Edited by R. DeNale, TMS Materials Week 95 in Cleveland Ohio, Oct. 29Nov. 2, 1995. Oblique Y-Groove Testing JIS Z 3158, Japanese Industrial Standards Committee, Method of Y-Groove Cracking Test. Trough Test Satoh K., Toyoda M., Ikita K., Nakamura A., and Matsuura T., Prevention of weld crack in HY 80 heavy plates with undermatching electrodes and its application to fabricating penstock, July, 1978. óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Juers, Raymond H., Investigation of MIL-14018 Shielded Metal-Arc Weld Repair Procedures Using the Trough Weldability Specimen, January 1975. 132 Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé ß²²»¨ Þ ø×²º±®³¿¬·ª»÷ Ù«·¼»´·²»- º±® ¬¸» Ð®»°¿®¿¬·±² ±º Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ×²¯«·®·»This annex is not part of AWS B4.0:2007, Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds, but is included for informational purposes only. B1. Introduction involves two or more interrelated provisions. The provision(s) shall be identified in the scope of the inquiry along with the edition of the standard that contains the provision(s) the inquirer is addressing. The American Welding Society (AWS) Board of Directors has adopted a policy whereby all official interpretations of AWS standards are handled in a formal manner. Under this policy, all interpretations are made by the committee that is responsible for the standard. Official communication concerning an interpretation is directed through the AWS staff member who works with that committee. The policy requires that all requests for an interpretation be submitted in writing. Such requests will be handled as expeditiously as possible, but due to the complexity of the work and the procedures that must be followed, some interpretations may require considerable time. B2.2 Purpose of the Inquiry. The purpose of the inquiry shall be stated in this portion of the inquiry. The purpose can be to obtain an interpretation of a standards requirement or to request the revision of a particular provision in the standard. B2.3 Content of the Inquiry. The inquiry should be concise, yet complete, to enable the committee to understand the point of the inquiry. Sketches should be used whenever appropriate, and all paragraphs, figures, and tables (or annex) that bear on the inquiry shall be cited. If the point of the inquiry is to obtain a revision of the standard, the inquiry shall provide technical justification for that revision. B2. Procedure All inquiries shall be directed to: B2.4 Proposed Reply. The inquirer should, as a proposed reply, state an interpretation of the provision that is the point of the inquiry or provide the wording for a proposed revision, if this is what the inquirer seeks. Managing Director Technical Services Division American Welding Society 550 N.W. LeJeune Road Miami, FL 33126 B3. Interpretation of Provisions of the Standard All inquiries shall contain the name, address, and affiliation of the inquirer, and they shall provide enough information for the committee to understand the point of concern in the inquiry. When the point is not clearly defined, the inquiry will be returned for clarification. For efficient handling, all inquiries should be typewritten and in the format specified below. Interpretations of provisions of the standard are made by the relevant AWS technical committee. The secretary of the committee refers all inquiries to the chair of the particular subcommittee that has jurisdiction over the portion of the standard addressed by the inquiry. The subcommittee reviews the inquiry and the proposed reply to determine what the response to the inquiry should B2.1 Scope. Each inquiry shall address one single provision of the standard unless the point of the inquiry 133 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó ßÒÒÛÈ Þ ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé for an official interpretation of any AWS standard with the information that such an interpretation can be obtained only through a written request. Headquarters staff cannot provide consulting services. However, the staff can refer a caller to any of those consultants whose names are on file at AWS Headquarters. be. Following the subcommittees development of the response, the inquiry and the response are presented to the entire committee for review and approval. Upon approval by the committee, the interpretation is an official interpretation of the Society, and the secretary transmits the response to the inquirer and to the Welding Journal for publication. B6. AWS Technical Committees B4. Publication of Interpretations The activities of AWS technical committees regarding interpretations are limited strictly to the interpretation of provisions of standards prepared by the committees or to consideration of revisions to existing provisions on the basis of new data or technology. Neither AWS staff nor the committees are in a position to offer interpretive or consulting services on (1) specific engineering problems, (2) requirements of standards applied to fabrications outside the scope of the document, or (3) points not specifically covered by the standard. In such cases, the inquirer should seek assistance from a competent engineer experienced in the particular field of interest. All official interpretations will appear in the Welding Journal and will be posted on the AWS web site. B5. Telephone Inquiries óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Telephone inquiries to AWS Headquarters concerning AWS standards should be limited to questions of a general nature or to matters directly related to the use of the standard. The AWS Board Policy Manual requires that all AWS staff members respond to a telephone request 134 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé Ô×ÍÌ ÑÚ ßÉÍ ÜÑÝËÓÛÒÌÍ Ô·-¬ ±º ßÉÍ Ü±½«³»²¬- ±² Ó»½¸¿²·½¿´ Ì»-¬·²¹ ±º É»´¼Designation Standard Methods for Mechanical Testing of Welds óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó B4.0M Title 135 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» ßÉÍ Þìòðæîððé óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó This page is intentionally blank. 136 Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´» óóÀôôÀÀÀôôôôÀÀÀÀóÀóÀôôÀôôÀôÀôôÀóóó Ý±°§®·¹¸¬ ß³»®·½¿² É»´¼·²¹ Í±½·»¬§ Ð®±ª·¼»¼ ¾§ ×ØÍ «²¼»® ´·½»²-» ©·¬¸ ßÉÍ Ò± ®»°®±¼«½¬·±² ±® ²»¬©±®µ·²¹ °»®³·¬¬»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ´·½»²-» º®±³ ×ØÍ Ò±¬ º±® Î»-¿´»

Inspection-Aws-B4.0-2007

Related documents

Add this document to collection(s)

Add this document to saved

Suggest us how to improve StudyLib